e424b3
Filed
Pursuant to Rule 424(b)(3)
File
No. 333-167719
PROSPECTUS
Gray Television, Inc.
Offer to Exchange up to
$365,000,000
Aggregate Principal Amount of
Newly
Issued
101/2% Senior
Secured Second Lien Notes due 2015
For
a Like Principal Amount of
Outstanding
Restricted
101/2% Senior
Secured Second Lien Notes due 2015
Issued in April 2010
On April 29, 2010, we issued $365.0 million aggregate
principal amount of restricted
101/2% Senior
Secured Second Lien Notes due 2015 in a private placement exempt
from the registration requirements under the Securities Act of
1933 (the Securities Act). We refer to these as the
original notes.
We are offering to exchange a new issue of
101/2% Senior
Secured Second Lien Notes due 2015 (the exchange
notes) for our outstanding restricted
101/2% Senior
Secured Second Lien Notes due 2015. We sometimes refer to the
original notes and the exchange notes in this prospectus
together as the notes. The terms of the exchange
notes are substantially identical to the terms of the original
notes, except that the exchange notes will be issued in a
transaction registered under the Securities Act, and the
transfer restrictions and registration rights and related
special interest provisions applicable to the original notes
will not apply to the exchange notes. The exchange notes will be
exchanged for original notes in denominations of $2,000 and
integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. We will not
receive any proceeds from the issuance of exchange notes in the
exchange offer.
You may withdraw tenders of original notes at any time prior to
the expiration of the exchange offer.
The exchange offer expires at 9:00 a.m., New York City
time, on August 6, 2010, unless extended, which we refer to
as the expiration date.
We do not intend to list the exchange notes on any national
securities exchange or to seek approval through any automated
quotation system, and no active public market for the exchange
notes is anticipated.
Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own
account pursuant to the registered exchange offer must
acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with
any resale of exchange notes. The letter of transmittal
accompanying this prospectus states that by so acknowledging and
by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed
to admit that it is an underwriter within the
meaning of the Securities Act. This prospectus, as it may be
amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a
broker-dealer in connection with resales of exchange notes
received in exchange for original notes where the original notes
were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making
activities or other trading activities. We have agreed that, for
a period ending on the earlier of (i) 90 days from the
date on which the registration statement of which this
prospectus forms a part is declared effective and (ii) the
date on which a broker-dealer is no longer required to deliver a
prospectus in connection with market-making or other trading
activities, we will make this prospectus available to any
broker-dealer for use in connection with these resales. See
Plan of Distribution.
You should consider carefully the risk factors beginning on
page 12 of this prospectus before deciding whether to
participate in the exchange offer.
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission
(SEC) nor any state securities commission or other
similar authority has approved these exchange notes or
determined that this prospectus is accurate or complete. Any
representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
The date of this prospectus is July 9, 2010
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
|
34
|
|
|
|
|
34
|
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
|
|
60
|
|
|
|
|
73
|
|
|
|
|
75
|
|
|
|
|
75
|
|
|
|
|
78
|
|
|
|
|
119
|
|
|
|
|
125
|
|
|
|
|
127
|
|
|
|
|
127
|
|
|
|
|
127
|
|
|
|
|
F-1
|
|
This prospectus may only be used where it is legal to make the
exchange offer and by a broker-dealer for resales of exchange
notes acquired in the exchange offer where it is legal to do so.
DISCLOSURE
REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
From time to time, including in this prospectus and in the
documents incorporated by reference in this prospectus, we make
forward-looking statements within the meaning of
federal and state securities laws. Disclosures that use words
such as believes, expects,
anticipates, estimates,
will, may or should and
similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking
statements, as defined under the Private Securities Litigation
Reform Act of 1995. These forward-looking statements reflect our
then-current expectations and are based upon data available to
us at the time the statements are made. Such statements are
subject to certain risks and uncertainties that could cause
actual results to differ materially from expectations. The most
material, known risks are detailed in the section titled
Risk Factors in this prospectus. All forward-looking
statements in, and incorporated by reference into, this
prospectus are qualified by these cautionary statements and are
made only as of the date of this prospectus. Any such
forward-looking statements, whether made in this prospectus or
elsewhere, should be considered in context with the various
disclosures made by us about our business. These forward-looking
statements fall under the safe harbors of Section 27A of
the Securities Act and Section 21E of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 (the Exchange Act). The
following risks, among others, could cause actual results to
differ materially from those described in any forward-looking
statements:
|
|
|
|
|
we have a significant amount of debt, and have the ability to
incur additional debt, any of which could restrict our future
operating and strategic flexibility and expose us to the risks
of financial leverage;
|
|
|
|
the agreements governing our various debt and other obligations
restrict our business and limit our ability to act;
|
|
|
|
our ability to meet our debt service obligations on the exchange
notes and our other debt will depend on our future performance,
which is, and will be, subject to many factors that are beyond
our control;
|
|
|
|
we are dependent on advertising revenues, which are seasonal and
may fluctuate as a result of a number of factors, including a
continuation of the economic downturn;
|
|
|
|
we are highly dependent upon a limited number of advertising
categories;
|
|
|
|
we are highly dependent on network affiliations and may lose a
significant amount of television programming if a network
terminates or significantly changes its affiliation with us;
|
|
|
|
we purchase television programming in advance of earning any
related revenue, and may not earn sufficient revenue to offset
the costs thereof;
|
|
|
|
we are subject to risks of competition from other local stations
as well as from cable systems, the Internet and other providers;
|
|
|
|
we may incur significant capital and operating costs;
|
|
|
|
we may incur impairment charges related to our assets; and
|
|
|
|
we are subject to risks and limitations due to government
regulation of the broadcasting industry, including Federal
Communications Commission (FCC or the
Commission) control over the renewal and transfer of
broadcasting licenses, which could materially adversely affect
our operations and growth strategy.
|
We urge you to review carefully the information under the
heading Risk Factors included elsewhere in this
prospectus and in the documents incorporated by reference in
this prospectus for a more complete discussion of the risks of
participating in the exchange offer.
WHERE YOU
CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
Gray furnishes and files annual, quarterly and special reports,
proxy statements and other information with the SEC. You may
read and copy materials that we have furnished to or filed with
the SEC at the SECs public reference room located at
100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549.
Please call the SEC at
1-800-SEC-0330
for further information on the public reference room. Our SEC
filings are also available to the public on the SECs
Internet website at
http://www.sec.gov.
Those filings are also available to the public on our corporate
website at
http://www.gray.tv.
The information contained in our website is not part of or
incorporated by reference into this prospectus.
ii
INCORPORATION
BY REFERENCE
This prospectus incorporates important business and financial
information about Gray Television, Inc. from documents that are
not included in or delivered with this prospectus. You should
rely only on the information contained or incorporated by
reference into this prospectus. We have not authorized anyone to
provide you with information that is different. You should not
assume that the information contained in this prospectus is
accurate as of any date other than the date on the front cover
of this prospectus and that any information we have incorporated
by reference is accurate as of any date other than the date of
the document incorporated by reference.
We incorporate by reference the documents listed below that we
have filed with the SEC (File
No. 1-13796)
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as well as any filing
that we make with the SEC on or after the date of this
prospectus (unless such filing expressly states that it is not
incorporated by reference herein) until the expiration date:
|
|
|
|
|
our Annual Report on
Form 10-K
(the 2009
Form 10-K)
filed on April 7, 2010;
|
|
|
|
the portions of our proxy statement for our 2010 annual meeting
of shareholders incorporated by reference into the 2009
Form 10-K,
which proxy statement was filed on April 26, 2010;
|
|
|
|
our Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q,
filed on May 10, 2010; and
|
|
|
|
our Current Reports on
Form 8-K,
filed on April 1, 2010; April 12, 2010; April 20,
2010; April 22, 2010; April 30, 2010; and
June 28, 2010.
|
Any statement contained in a document all or a portion of which
is incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference herein
will be deemed to be modified or superseded for purposes of this
prospectus to the extent that a statement contained herein or in
any other subsequently filed document which also is or is deemed
to be incorporated by reference herein modifies or supersedes
such statement. Any statement so modified will not be deemed to
constitute a part of this prospectus, except as so modified, and
any statement so superseded will not be deemed to constitute a
part of this prospectus.
The information related to us contained in this prospectus
should be read together with the information contained in the
documents incorporated by reference. We will provide without
charge to each person to whom a copy of this prospectus is
delivered, upon the written or oral request of any such person,
a copy of any or all of the documents incorporated into this
prospectus by reference, other than exhibits to those documents
unless the exhibits are specifically incorporated by reference
into those documents, or referred to in this prospectus.
Requests should be directed to:
Gray Television, Inc.
4370 Peachtree Road, N.E.
Atlanta, Georgia 30319
(404) 504-9828
In order to receive timely delivery of any requested
documents in advance of the expiration date of the exchange
offer, you should make your request no later than July 30,
2010, which is five full business days before you must make a
decision regarding the exchange offer.
INDUSTRY
AND MARKET DATA
This prospectus includes industry data regarding station rank,
in-market share and television household data that we obtained
from periodic reports published by A.C. Nielsen Company.
Industry publications generally state that the information
contained therein has been obtained from sources believed to be
reliable. We have not independently verified any of the data
from third-party sources nor have we ascertained the underlying
economic assumptions relied upon therein.
iii
SUMMARY
This summary contains basic information about our Company and
the exchange offer. This summary highlights selected information
contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary is not
complete and does not contain all of the information that you
should consider before deciding whether or not to invest in the
exchange notes. For a more complete understanding of our Company
and the exchange offer, you should read this entire prospectus
and the documents incorporated by reference in this prospectus,
including the information under the heading Risk
Factors. The summary contains forward looking statements
that involve risk and uncertainties. Our actual results may
differ based upon certain factors, including those set forth
under the caption Risk Factors herein and the
documents incorporated by reference in this prospectus. Unless
otherwise indicated or required by the context, the terms
Gray, we, our,
us and the Company refer to Gray
Television, Inc. and its subsidiaries. Our discussion of the
television (or TV) stations that we own and operate
does not include our minority equity interest in the television
and radio stations owned by Sarkes Tarzian, Inc.
Our
Company
General
We are a television broadcast company operating 36 television
stations serving 30 markets. Seventeen of our stations are
affiliated with CBS Inc. (CBS), ten are affiliated
with the National Broadcasting Company, Inc. (NBC),
eight are affiliated with the American Broadcasting Company
(ABC), and one is affiliated with FOX Entertainment
Group, Inc. (FOX). Our 17 CBS-affiliated stations
make us the largest independent owner of CBS affiliates in the
United States. In addition, we currently operate 39 digital
second channels including one affiliated with ABC, four
affiliated with FOX, seven affiliated with The CW Network, LLC
(CW), 18 affiliated with Twentieth Television, Inc.
(MyNetworkTV or MyNet.), two affiliated
with the Universal Sports Network (Universal Sports)
and seven local news/weather channels, in certain of our
existing markets. We created our digital second channels to
better utilize our excess broadcast spectrum. The digital second
channels are similar to our primary broadcast channels; however,
our digital second channels are affiliated with networks
different from those affiliated with our primary broadcast
channels. Our combined TV station group reaches approximately
6.3% of total United States households.
We were incorporated in 1897, initially to publish the Albany
Herald in Albany, Georgia, and entered the broadcasting industry
in 1953. We have a dedicated and experienced senior management
team.
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009 and the first
quarter ended March 31, 2010, we generated revenue of
$270.4 million and $70.5 million, respectively.
Markets
Gray operates in designated market areas (DMAs)
ranked between
51-200 and
primarily focuses its operations on university towns and state
capitals. Our markets include 17 university towns, representing
enrollment of approximately 469,000 students, and eight state
capitals. We believe university towns and state capitals provide
significant advantages as they generally offer more favorable
advertising demographics, more stable economics and a stronger
affinity between local stations and university sports teams.
We have a strong, market leading position in our markets. Our
combined station group has 23 markets with stations
ranked #1 in local news audience and 21 markets with
stations ranked #1 in overall audience within their
respective markets, based on the results of the average of the
Nielsen March, May, July and November 2009 ratings reports. Of
the 30 markets that we serve, we operate the #1 or #2
ranked station in 29 of those markets. We believe a key
driver for our strong market position is the strength of our
local news and information programs. Our news audience share
outperforms the national average of the networks audience
share with nearly twice the Nielsen Station Index
(NSI) national average market share in November 2009
for both 6 p.m. and late night news. We believe that our
market position and our strong local revenue stream have enabled
us to better preserve our revenues in softer economic conditions
compared to many of our peers.
1
We are diversified across our markets and network affiliations.
Our largest market by revenue is Charleston/Huntington, WV,
which contributed approximately 7% of our revenues in 2009. Our
top 10 markets by revenue contributed 53% of our revenues in
2009. Our 17 CBS-affiliated stations accounted for 49% of our
revenues, our 10 NBC-affiliated stations accounted for 36% of
our revenues, our 8 ABC-affiliated stations accounted for 15% of
our revenues and our 1 FOX-affiliated station accounted for less
than 1% of our revenues, for 2009, respectively.
Business
Strategy
Our success has been based on the following strategies for
growing our revenues and our operating cash flow:
Maintain and Grow our Market Leadership
Position. We have the #1 ranking in overall
audience in 21 of the 30 markets in which we operate. We
are ranked #2 in audience in all of our other markets,
except Albany, GA. We have the #1 ranking in local news
audience in 23 of our markets and our news audience share
outperforms the national average of the networks audience
share with nearly twice the NSI national average market share in
November 2009 for both 6 p.m. and late night news.
We believe there are significant advantages in operating
the #1 or #2 television broadcasting stations. Strong
audience and market share allows us enhance our advertising
revenues through price discipline and leadership. We believe a
top-rated news platform is critical to capturing incremental
sponsorship and political advertising revenue. Our high-quality
station group improves our cash flow and allows us additional
opportunities to reinvest in our business to further strengthen
our network and news ratings. Furthermore, we believe operating
the top ranking stations in our various markets allows us to
attract and retain top talent.
We also believe that our leadership position in the markets we
serve gives us additional leverage to negotiate retransmission
contracts with multiple system operators (MSOs), and
we believe it will help us in our potential negotiations with
networks upon expiration of our current contracts with them. Our
primary network affiliation agreements expire at various dates
through January 1, 2016.
We intend to maintain our market leadership position through
prudent continued investment in our news and syndicated
programs, as well as continued technological advances and
program improvements. We are in the process of converting our
local studios to be able to provide high definition digital
broadcasting (HD) in select markets to further
enhance the visual quality of our local programs, which we
believe can drive incremental viewership, and expect to continue
to invest in local HD conversion over the next few years.
Pursue New Media Opportunities. We currently
operate web, mobile and desktop applications in all of our
markets. We have focused on expanding the applicable local
content, such as news, weather and sports, on our websites to
drive increased traffic. We have experienced strong growth in
internet page views in the past, with page views growing at a
57% compound annual growth rate from 2003 and 2009, and
anticipate continued growth in the future.
Our aggregate internet revenues are derived from two sources.
The first source is advertising or sponsorship opportunities
directly on our websites. We call this direct internet
revenue. The other revenue source is television
advertising time purchased by our clients to directly promote
their involvement in our websites. We refer to this internet
revenue source as internet-related commercial time
sales. In the future, we anticipate our direct internet
revenue will grow at a faster pace relative to our
internet-related commercial time sales.
We are a member of the open mobile video coalition
(OMVC), which aims to accelerate the development and
rollout of mobile DTV products and services, maximizing the full
potential of the digital television spectrum. We are currently
testing mobile television in the Omaha and Lincoln, Nebraska
markets.
Monetize Digital Spectrum. We currently
operate 39 digital second channels, including one affiliated
with ABC, four affiliated with FOX, seven affiliated with CW, 18
affiliated with MyNetworkTV, two affiliated with the Universal
Sports Network and seven local news/weather channels, in certain
of our existing markets. We created our digital second channels
to better utilize our excess broadcast spectrum. The digital
second
2
channels are similar to our primary broadcast channels, except
that our digital second channels are affiliated with networks
different from those affiliated with our primary broadcast
channels. In the year ended December 31, 2009, we generated
$7.1 million in revenues from our digital second channels.
Our strategy is to expand upon our digital offerings, evaluating
potential opportunities from time to time either on our own
and/or in
partnership with other companies, as such opportunities present
themselves. We intend to aggressively pursue the use of our
spectrum for additional opportunities such as local video on
demand, music on demand and other digital downloads. We also
intend to evaluate opportunities to use spectrum for future
delivery of television broadcasts to handheld and other mobile
devices.
Prudent Cost Management. Historically, we have
closely managed our costs to maintain our margins. We believe
that our market leadership position gives us additional
negotiating leverage to enable us to lower our syndicated
programming costs. We have increased the efficiency of our
stations by automating processes as a part of the conversion of
local studios to digital. As of December 31, 2009, we had
reduced our total number of employees by 241, or 9.9%, since
December 31, 2007. We also lowered our syndicated
programming costs by $1.1 million during the year ended
December 31, 2009. We intend to continue to seek and
implement additional cost saving opportunities in the future.
Selected
2010 Developments
Amendment
to Senior Credit Facility
Effective as of March 31, 2010, we amended our senior
credit facility (the 2010 amendment) to provide for,
among other things: (i) an increase in the maximum total
net leverage ratio covenant under the senior credit facility
through March 30, 2011 and (ii) a potential issuance
of certain capital stock
and/or
senior or subordinated debt securities, with the proceeds to be
used to repay amounts outstanding under our senior credit
facility. The amendment to our senior credit facility also
provided for a reduction in the revolving loan commitment under
the senior credit facility from $50.0 million to
$40.0 million.
Pursuant to the 2010 amendment, from March 31, 2010 until
we completed the offering of the original notes on
April 29, 2010 and repaid not less than $200.0 million
of the term loan outstanding under our senior credit facility
using the proceeds from that offering: (i) we were required
to pay an annual incentive fee equal to 2.0%, which fee was
eliminated upon the consummation of the offering of original
notes and related repayment of amounts under our senior credit
facility; (ii) the then-existing annual facility fee
remained at 3.0%, but, following such repayment, was reduced to
1.25% per year, with a potential for further reductions in
future periods; and (iii) we remained subject to the
then-existing maximum total net leverage ratio, but, following
such repayment, that ratio was replaced by a first lien leverage
test. In addition, from and after such repayment, we became
subject to a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio of 0.90x to
1.0x.
Immediately after giving effect to the completion of the
offering of the original notes and the repayment of
$300.0 million of the term loan outstanding under our
senior credit facility, the related reduction in the annual
facility fee and the elimination of the incentive fee
thereunder, our effective interest rate under our senior credit
facility was LIBOR plus 4.25% per year.
For additional information regarding the amendment to our senior
credit facility, see Managements Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations Liquidity and Capital Resources and
Description of Other Indebtedness and Certain Other
Obligations included elsewhere in this prospectus.
Repurchase
of a Portion of the Outstanding Shares of Our Series D
Perpetual Preferred Stock
On April 19, 2010, we entered into an agreement (the
Exchange Agreement) with holders of shares of our
Series D perpetual preferred stock. Pursuant to the
Exchange Agreement, concurrently with the completion of the
offering of the original notes, we repurchased
$75.59 million of Series D perpetual preferred stock,
including accrued dividends, in exchange for $50.0 million
in cash and 8.5 million shares of our common stock.
3
Corporate
Information
Gray Television, Inc. is a Georgia corporation. Our executive
offices are located at 4370 Peachtree Road, NE, Atlanta, GA
30319, and our telephone number at that location is
(404) 504-9828.
Our website address is
http://www.gray.tv.
The information on our website is not a part of or incorporated
by reference into this prospectus.
THE
EXCHANGE OFFER
|
|
|
The Exchange Offer |
|
We are offering to exchange up to (i) $365,000,000
aggregate principal amount of our registered
101/2% Senior
Secured Second Lien Notes due 2015 (the exchange
notes) for an equal principal amount of our outstanding
restricted
101/2% Senior
Secured Second Lien Notes due 2015 (the original
notes) that were issued in April 2010. The terms of the
exchange notes are identical in all material respects to those
of the original notes, except that the exchange notes will be
issued in a transaction registered under the Securities Act, and
the transfer restrictions, registration rights and related
special interest provisions relating to the original notes do
not apply to the exchange notes. The exchange notes will be of
the same class as the outstanding original notes. Holders of
original notes do not have any appraisal or dissenters
rights in connection with the exchange offer. |
|
Purpose of the Exchange Offer |
|
The exchange notes are being offered to satisfy our obligations
under the registration rights agreement entered into at the time
we issued and sold the original notes. |
|
Expiration Date; Withdrawal of Tenders; Return of Original Notes
Not Accepted for Exchange |
|
The exchange offer will expire at 9:00 a.m., New York City
time, on August 6, 2010, or on a later date and time to
which we extend it (the expiration date). Tenders of
original notes in the exchange offer may be withdrawn at any
time prior to the expiration date. As soon as practicable
following the expiration date, we will exchange the exchange
notes for validly tendered original notes. Any original notes
that are not accepted for exchange for any reason will be
returned without expense to the tendering holder promptly after
the expiration or termination of the exchange offer. |
|
Procedures for Tendering Original Notes |
|
Each holder of original notes wishing to participate in the
exchange offer must complete, sign and date the accompanying
letter of transmittal, or its facsimile, in accordance with its
instructions, and mail or otherwise deliver it, or its
facsimile, together with the original notes and any other
required documentation to the exchange agent at the address in
the letter of transmittal. Original notes may be physically
delivered, but physical delivery is not required if a
confirmation of a book-entry transfer of the original notes to
the exchange agents account at DTC is delivered in a
timely fashion. A holder may also tender its original notes by
means of DTCs Automated Tender Offer Program
(ATOP), subject to the terms and procedures of that
program. See The Exchange Offer Procedures for
Tendering Original Notes. |
4
|
|
|
Conditions to the Exchange Offer |
|
The exchange offer is not conditioned upon any minimum aggregate
principal amount of original notes being tendered for exchange.
The exchange offer is subject to customary conditions, which may
be waived by us in our discretion. We currently expect that all
of the conditions will be satisfied and that no waivers will be
necessary. |
|
Exchange Agent |
|
U.S. Bank National Association. |
|
U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations |
|
Your exchange of an original note for an exchange note will not
constitute a taxable exchange. The exchange will not result in
taxable income, gain or loss being recognized by you or by us.
Immediately after the exchange, you will have the same adjusted
basis and holding period in each exchange note received as you
had immediately prior to the exchange in the corresponding
original note surrendered. See Certain U.S. Federal Income
Tax Considerations. |
|
Risk Factors |
|
You should consider carefully the risk factors beginning on
page 12 of this prospectus before deciding whether to
participate in the exchange offer. |
THE
EXCHANGE NOTES
The terms of the exchange notes are identical in all material
aspects to those of the original notes, except for the transfer
restrictions and registration rights and related special
interest provisions relating to the original notes that do not
apply to the exchange notes.
|
|
|
Issuer |
|
Gray Television, Inc. |
|
Notes Offered |
|
$365,000,000 aggregate principal amount of
101/2% senior
secured second lien notes due 2015. The new notes offered hereby
will be of the same class as the original notes. |
|
Maturity Date |
|
June 29, 2015. |
|
Interest |
|
Interest on the exchange notes will accrue at a rate of 10.5%
per annum, payable semi-annually, in cash in arrears, on May 1
and November 1 of each year, commencing November 1, 2010. |
|
Guarantees |
|
The exchange notes will be fully and unconditionally guaranteed
on a senior secured basis by all of our existing and future
domestic restricted subsidiaries. |
|
Ranking |
|
The exchange notes and the guarantees will be our and the
guarantors senior secured obligations and will: |
|
|
|
rank senior in right of payment to our and the
guarantors existing and future debt and other obligations
that expressly provide for their subordination to the exchange
notes and the guarantees;
|
|
|
|
be effectively senior to our and the
guarantors existing and future unsecured debt to the
extent of the value of the collateral securing the exchange
notes, after giving effect to first-priority liens on the
collateral and permitted liens;
|
|
|
|
be effectively junior to our and the
guarantors obligations that are either (i) secured by
first priority liens on the collateral, including indebtedness
under our senior credit facility or
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
(ii) secured by assets that are not part of the collateral
that is securing the exchange notes, in each case to the extent
of the value of the collateral securing such debt; and |
|
|
|
be structurally subordinated to all of the existing
and future liabilities of our subsidiaries, if any, that do not
guarantee the exchange notes.
|
|
|
|
After giving effect to the issuance of the original notes and
the use of proceeds from the original notes, at March 31,
2010, the Company and the guarantors would have had
approximately $879.4 million aggregate principal amount of
total indebtedness (excluding intercompany indebtedness), of
which $879.0 million would have been senior debt (including
the original notes), and of which approximately
$514.0 million would have ranked effectively senior to the
exchange notes to the extent of the assets securing such debt. |
|
Security |
|
The exchange notes and the guarantees will be secured by a
second priority lien on substantially all of the assets owned by
us and the guarantors, which assets also secure obligations
under our senior credit facility, subject to certain exceptions
and permitted liens. Under the security documents we and the
guarantors have, subject to certain exceptions, granted security
interests in substantially all of our and their real, personal
and fixture property, including (i) all present and future
shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit
interests in) each of our present and future direct and indirect
subsidiaries, held by us or any subsidiary guarantor (but,
(a) as to the voting stock of any foreign subsidiary, not
to exceed 66% of the outstanding voting stock and
(b) excluding any capital stock of a subsidiary to the
extent necessary for such subsidiary not to be subject to any
requirement to file separate financial statements with the SEC
pursuant to
Rule 3-16
or
Rule 3-10
of
Regulation S-X
under the Exchange Act, due to the fact that such
subsidiarys capital stock secured the exchange notes or
guarantees); (ii) all present and future intercompany debt
owed to us or any subsidiary guarantor; (iii) substantially
all of our and each subsidiary guarantors present and
future property and assets, real and personal, including, but
not limited to, machinery and equipment, inventory and other
goods, accounts receivable, owned real estate, leaseholds,
fixtures, bank accounts, general intangibles, financial assets,
investment property, license rights, patents, trademarks, trade
names, copyrights, other intellectual property, chattel paper,
insurance proceeds, contract rights, hedge agreements,
documents, instruments, indemnification rights, tax refunds and
cash; (iv) all FCC licenses except to the extent (but only
to the extent) and for so long as that at such time the
collateral agent may not validly possess a security interest
directly in the FCC license pursuant to applicable Federal law,
including the Communications Act of 1934, as amended (the
Communications Act), and the rules, regulations and
policies promulgated thereunder, as in effect at such time, but
including at all times all proceeds incident or appurtenant to
the FCC licenses and all proceeds of the FCC licenses, and the
right to receive all monies, consideration and proceeds derived
from or in connection |
6
|
|
|
|
|
with the sale, assignment, transfer, or other disposition of the
FCC licenses; and (v) all proceeds and products of the
property and assets described in clauses (i), (ii), and
(iv) above. For more details, see Description of
Notes Security. |
|
|
|
The value of collateral at any time will depend on market and
other economic conditions, including the availability of
suitable buyers for the collateral. The liens on the collateral
may be released without the consent of the holders of the
exchange notes if collateral is disposed of in a transaction
that complies with the indenture and the related security
documents or in accordance with the provisions of an
intercreditor agreement to be entered into relating to the
collateral securing the exchange notes and our senior credit
facility. See Risk Factors Risks Related to
the Exchange Notes It may be difficult to realize
upon the value of the collateral securing the exchange
notes and Description of Notes
Security and Description of Notes
Intercreditor Agreement. |
|
|
|
Certain security interests, including those granted or to be
granted pursuant to mortgages on certain of our owned and leased
real properties intended to constitute collateral that secures
the original notes and the exchange notes, were not in place on
the date of issuance of the original notes, and may not be in
place on the date of issuance of the exchange notes. We are
required to file or cause to be filed UCC financing statements
to perfect the security interests in the collateral that can be
perfected by such filings on the date of the issuance of the
original notes. With respect to the portion of the collateral
securing the exchange notes for which a valid and perfected
security interest in favor of the collateral agent was not
created or perfected on or prior to the date of issuance of the
original notes and which cannot be perfected by the filing of
UCC financing statements, we have agreed to use our commercially
reasonable efforts to complete those actions required to create
and perfect such security interest within 150 days
following the date of issuance of the original notes. |
|
Intercreditor Agreement |
|
Pursuant to an intercreditor agreement, the liens securing the
exchange notes will be second priority liens that will be
expressly junior in priority to the liens that secure
obligations under our senior credit facility and obligations
under certain hedging and cash management arrangements. The
rights of holders of the exchange notes to the collateral and
their ability to enforce rights will be materially limited by
the intercreditor agreement. The holders of the first priority
lien obligations will receive all proceeds from any realization
of the collateral or from the collateral or proceeds thereof in
any insolvency or liquidation proceeding, in each case until the
first priority lien obligations are paid in full. See
Description of Notes Intercreditor
Agreement. |
|
Optional Redemption |
|
On or after November 1, 2012, we may redeem the exchange
notes, in whole or in part, at any time, at the redemption
prices described under Description of Notes
Redemption Optional Redemption. In addition,
we may redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the
exchange notes before November 1, 2012 with the net cash
proceeds from certain equity offerings at a redemption |
7
|
|
|
|
|
price of 110.500% of the principal amount plus accrued and
unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date. We may also
redeem some or all of the exchange notes before November 1,
2012 at a redemption price of 100% of the principal amount, plus
accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date,
plus a make whole premium. |
|
Change of Control |
|
If we experience certain kinds of changes of control, we will be
required to offer to purchase the exchange notes at 101% of
their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest. For
more details, see Description of Notes Change
of Control. |
|
Mandatory Offer to Purchase Following Certain Asset Sales and
Certain Events of Loss |
|
If we sell certain assets, or upon certain events of loss, under
certain circumstances we will be required to use the net
proceeds resulting from such events to offer to purchase the
exchange notes at 100% of their principal amount, plus accrued
and unpaid interest, as described under Description of
Notes Certain Covenants Limitation on
Asset Sales and Description of Notes
Certain Covenants Events of Loss. |
|
Certain Covenants |
|
The indenture contains covenants that limit, among other things,
our ability and the ability of our restricted subsidiaries to: |
|
|
|
incur additional debt;
|
|
|
|
declare or pay dividends, redeem stock or make other
distributions to stockholders;
|
|
|
|
make investments;
|
|
|
|
create liens or use assets as security in other
transactions;
|
|
|
|
enter into agreements restricting our or our
subsidiaries ability to pay dividends or make certain
other payments;
|
|
|
|
merge or consolidate, or sell, transfer, lease or
dispose of substantially all of our assets;
|
|
|
|
engage in transactions with affiliates; and
|
|
|
|
sell or transfer assets.
|
|
|
|
These covenants are subject to a number of important
qualifications and limitations. See Description of
Notes Certain Covenants. |
|
Use of Proceeds |
|
We will not receive any cash proceeds from the issuance of the
exchange notes. See Use of Proceeds. |
You should refer to the section entitled Risk
Factors beginning on page 12 for an explanation of
certain risks of participating in the exchange offer.
8
Summary
Historical Consolidated Financial and Other Data
We have derived the following summary historical consolidated
financial and other data for each of the three years ended
December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 from our audited
consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this
prospectus. We have derived the following summary historical
consolidated financial and other data for the three months ended
March 31, 2010 and 2009 from our unaudited condensed
consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this
prospectus. The summary historical consolidated financial and
other data presented below does not contain all of the
information you should consider before deciding whether or not
to participate in the exchange offer, and should be read in
conjunction with Managements Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and the
consolidated financial statements, and notes thereto, included
elsewhere in this prospectus. You should not consider our
results for the three months ended March 31, 2010 or 2009
to be indicative of results to be achieved for any future
interim or full-year period.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended March 31,
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Statement of Operations Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues (less agency commissions)(1)
|
|
$
|
70,482
|
|
|
$
|
61,354
|
|
|
$
|
270,374
|
|
|
$
|
327,176
|
|
|
$
|
307,288
|
|
Operating expenses before depreciation, amortization,
impairment, and gains on disposal of assets, net:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Broadcast
|
|
|
47,567
|
|
|
|
45,654
|
|
|
|
187,583
|
|
|
|
199,572
|
|
|
|
199,687
|
|
Corporate and administrative
|
|
|
2,922
|
|
|
|
4,046
|
|
|
|
14,168
|
|
|
|
14,097
|
|
|
|
15,090
|
|
Depreciation
|
|
|
7,975
|
|
|
|
8,261
|
|
|
|
32,595
|
|
|
|
34,561
|
|
|
|
38,558
|
|
Amortization of intangible assets
|
|
|
122
|
|
|
|
149
|
|
|
|
577
|
|
|
|
792
|
|
|
|
825
|
|
Impairment of goodwill and broadcast licenses(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
338,681
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gain on disposals of assets, net
|
|
|
(44
|
)
|
|
|
(1,522
|
)
|
|
|
(7,628
|
)
|
|
|
(1,632
|
)
|
|
|
(248
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating expenses
|
|
|
58,542
|
|
|
|
56,588
|
|
|
|
227,295
|
|
|
|
586,071
|
|
|
|
253,912
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income (loss)
|
|
|
11,940
|
|
|
|
4,766
|
|
|
|
43,079
|
|
|
|
(258,895
|
)
|
|
|
53,376
|
|
Other income (expense):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Miscellaneous income (expense), net
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
54
|
|
|
|
(53
|
)
|
|
|
972
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(19,611
|
)
|
|
|
(10,113
|
)
|
|
|
(69,088
|
)
|
|
|
(54,079
|
)
|
|
|
(67,189
|
)
|
Loss from early extinguishment of debt(3)
|
|
|
(349
|
)
|
|
|
(8,352
|
)
|
|
|
(8,352
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(22,853
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss before income taxes
|
|
|
(7,981
|
)
|
|
|
(13,687
|
)
|
|
|
(34,307
|
)
|
|
|
(313,027
|
)
|
|
|
(35,694
|
)
|
Income tax benefit
|
|
|
(3,238
|
)
|
|
|
(4,767
|
)
|
|
|
(11,260
|
)
|
|
|
(111,011
|
)
|
|
|
(12,543
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
(4,743
|
)
|
|
|
(8,920
|
)
|
|
|
(23,047
|
)
|
|
|
(202,016
|
)
|
|
|
(23,151
|
)
|
Preferred stock dividends (includes accretion of issuance cost
of $301, $301, $1,202, $576 and $439, respectively)
|
|
|
4,551
|
|
|
|
4,051
|
|
|
|
17,119
|
|
|
|
6,593
|
|
|
|
1,626
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss available to common stockholders
|
|
|
(9,294
|
)
|
|
|
(12,971
|
)
|
|
|
(40,166
|
)
|
|
|
(208,609
|
)
|
|
|
(24,777
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended March 31,
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance Sheet Data (at end of period):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
13,664
|
|
|
$
|
14,857
|
|
|
$
|
16,000
|
|
|
$
|
30,649
|
|
|
$
|
15,338
|
|
Working capital
|
|
|
14,163
|
|
|
|
13,388
|
|
|
|
11,712
|
|
|
|
19,645
|
|
|
|
21,872
|
|
Net intangible assets, broadcast licenses and goodwill
|
|
|
990,697
|
|
|
|
991,247
|
|
|
|
990,819
|
|
|
|
991,396
|
|
|
|
1,330,869
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
1,235,815
|
|
|
|
1,248,442
|
|
|
|
1,245,739
|
|
|
|
1,278,265
|
|
|
|
1,625,969
|
|
Total debt and long-term accrued facility fees
|
|
|
814,034
|
|
|
|
798,359
|
|
|
|
810,116
|
|
|
|
800,380
|
|
|
|
925,000
|
|
Redeemable preferred stock(4)
|
|
|
93,687
|
|
|
|
92,484
|
|
|
|
93,386
|
|
|
|
92,183
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders equity
|
|
|
88,140
|
|
|
|
107,154
|
|
|
|
93,620
|
|
|
|
117,107
|
|
|
|
337,845
|
|
Cash Flow Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used for):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating activities
|
|
$
|
6,986
|
|
|
$
|
(1,296
|
)
|
|
$
|
18,903
|
|
|
$
|
73,675
|
|
|
$
|
28,360
|
|
Investing activities
|
|
|
(3,185
|
)
|
|
|
(5,469
|
)
|
|
|
(17,531
|
)
|
|
|
(16,340
|
)
|
|
|
(25,662
|
)
|
Financing activities
|
|
|
(6,137
|
)
|
|
|
(9,027
|
)
|
|
|
(16,021
|
)
|
|
|
(42,024
|
)
|
|
|
7,899
|
|
Other Financial and Operating Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital expenditures
|
|
|
2,888
|
|
|
|
5,183
|
|
|
|
17,756
|
|
|
|
15,019
|
|
|
|
24,605
|
|
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(5)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Our revenues fluctuate significantly between years, in
accordance with, among other things, increased political
advertising expenditures in even-numbered years. |
|
(2) |
|
As of December 31, 2008, we recorded a non-cash impairment
expense of $338.7 million resulting from a write down of
$98.6 million in the carrying value of our goodwill and a
write down of $240.1 million in the carrying value of our
broadcast licenses. The write-down of our goodwill and broadcast
licenses related to seven stations and 23 stations,
respectively. As of this testing date, we believed events had
occurred and circumstances changed that more likely than not
reduce the fair value of our broadcast licenses and goodwill
below their carrying amounts. These events, which accelerated in
the fourth quarter of 2008, included: (i) the continued
decline of the price of our common stock and Class A common
stock; (ii) the decline in the current selling prices of
television stations; (iii) the decline in local and
national advertising revenues excluding political advertising
revenue; and (iv) the decline in the operating profit
margins of some of our stations. |
|
(3) |
|
In 2010 and 2009, we recorded a loss on early extinguishment of
debt related to an amendment of our senior credit facility. In
2007, we recorded a loss on early extinguishment of debt related
to a refinancing of our senior credit facility and the
redemption of our 9.25% Senior Subordinated Notes
(9.25% Notes). |
|
(4) |
|
On June 26, 2008, we issued 750 shares of
Series D perpetual preferred stock and on July 15,
2008, we issued an additional 250 shares of our
Series D perpetual preferred stock. We generated net cash
proceeds from such issuances of approximately $91.6 million
after a 5.0% original issue discount, transaction fees and
expenses. The Series D perpetual preferred stock has a
liquidation value of $100,000 per share, for a total liquidation
value of $75.0 million. The $8.4 million of original
issue discount, transaction fees and expenses is being accreted
over a seven-year period ending June 30, 2015. |
|
|
|
Amounts exclude unamortized original issuance costs and accrued
and unpaid dividends. Such costs and dividends aggregated
$29.5 million, $14.3 million, $25.5 million and
$10.8 million as of March 31, 2010, March 31,
2009, December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. |
10
|
|
|
(5) |
|
For purposes of this ratio: |
|
|
|
The term fixed charges means the sum of:
(i) interest expensed and capitalized, (ii) amortized
premiums, discounts and capitalized expenses related to
indebtedness, (iii) an estimate of the interest within
rental expense, and (iv) preference security dividend
requirements of consolidated subsidiaries. |
|
|
|
The term preference security dividend is the amount
of pre-tax earnings required to pay the dividends on outstanding
preference securities. The dividend requirement is computed as
the amount of the dividend divided by (1 minus the effective
income tax rate applicable to continuing operations). |
|
|
|
The term earnings is the amount resulting from
adding and subtracting the following items. We add the
following: (i) pre-tax income from continuing operations
before adjustment for income or loss from equity investees;
(ii) fixed charges; (iii) amortization of capitalized
interest; (iv) distributed income of equity investees; and
(v) our share of pre-tax losses of equity investees for
which charges arising from guarantees are included in fixed
charges. From the total of the added items, we subtract the
following: (i) interest capitalized; (ii) preference
security dividend requirements of consolidated subsidiaries; and
(iii) the noncontrolling interest in pre-tax income of
subsidiaries that have not incurred fixed charges. Equity
investees are investments that we account for using the equity
method of accounting. |
|
|
|
Our ratio of earnings to fixed charges for the year ended
December 31, 2006 was 1.21:1.00. |
|
|
|
For the three months ended March 31, 2010 and the years
ended December 31, 2009, 2008, 2007 and 2005, earnings were
inadequate to cover fixed charges by approximately
$15.7 million, $59.9 million, $323.2 million,
$38.2 million and $1.9 million, respectively. |
11
RISK
FACTORS
The terms of the exchange notes are identical in all material
aspects to those of the original notes, except for the transfer
restrictions and registration rights and related special
interest provisions relating to the original notes that do not
apply to the exchange notes. However, you should carefully
consider the following risks before deciding whether or not to
participate in the exchange offer. These risks are not the only
ones we face. Additional risks not presently known to us or that
we currently deem immaterial may also impair our business
operations, financial condition and results of operations. Our
business, financial condition or results of operations could be
materially adversely affected by any of these risks. The value
of the exchange notes could decline due to any of these risks,
and you may lose all or part of your investment. This prospectus
also contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and
uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from
those anticipated in forward-looking statements as a result of
certain factors, including the occurrence of one or more of the
factors described in the following risk factors.
Risks
Related to the Exchange Notes and the Exchange Offer
The
lien on the collateral securing the exchange notes and the
guarantees will be junior and subordinate to the lien on the
collateral securing our senior credit facility.
The exchange notes and the guarantees will be secured by second
priority liens granted by us and the existing guarantors and any
future guarantor on our assets and the assets of the guarantors
that secure obligations under our senior credit facility,
subject to certain permitted liens, exceptions and encumbrances
described in the indenture governing the exchange notes and the
security documents relating to the exchange notes. As set out in
more detail under Description of Notes, the lenders
under our senior credit facility will be entitled to receive all
proceeds from the realization of the collateral under certain
circumstances, including upon default in payment on, or the
acceleration of, any obligations under our senior credit
facility, or in the event of our, or any of our subsidiary
guarantors, bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation,
dissolution, reorganization or similar proceeding, to repay such
obligations in full before the holders of the exchange notes
will be entitled to any recovery from such collateral. We cannot
assure you that, in the event of a foreclosure, the proceeds
from the sale of all of such collateral would be sufficient to
satisfy the amounts outstanding under the exchange notes and
other obligations secured by the second priority liens, if any,
after payment in full of the obligations secured by the first
priority liens on the collateral. If such proceeds were not
sufficient to repay amounts outstanding under the exchange
notes, then holders of the exchange notes (to the extent not
repaid from the proceeds of sale of the collateral) would only
have an unsecured claim against our remaining assets, which
claim would rank equal in priority to the unsecured claims with
respect to any unsatisfied portions of the obligations secured
by the first priority liens and other unsecured senior
indebtedness. In addition, the indenture governing the exchange
notes will permit us and the guarantors to create additional
liens under specified circumstances, including liens senior in
priority to, or ranking on a pari passu basis with, the liens
securing the exchange notes. Any obligations secured by such
liens may further limit the recovery from the realization of the
collateral available to satisfy holders of the exchange notes.
The
collateral securing the exchange notes may be diluted under
certain circumstances.
The collateral that will secure the exchange notes also secures
obligations under our senior credit facility. This collateral
may secure on a first priority basis additional indebtedness
that we incur in the future, subject to restrictions on our
ability to incur debt and liens governing the exchange notes and
the senior credit facility. Your rights to the collateral would
be diluted by any increase in the indebtedness secured on a
parity basis by this collateral.
The
rights of holders of the exchange notes to the collateral and
their ability to enforce rights will be materially limited by
the terms of the intercreditor agreement.
The lenders under our senior credit facility, as holders of
first priority lien obligations, will control substantially all
matters related to the collateral pursuant to the terms of the
intercreditor agreement. The holders of the first priority lien
obligations may cause the collateral agent thereunder (the
first lien agent) to
12
dispose of, release, foreclose on, or take other actions with
respect to, the collateral (including amendments of and waivers
under the security documents) with which holders of the exchange
notes may disagree or that may be contrary to the interests of
holders of the exchange notes, even after a default under the
exchange notes. To the extent collateral is released from
securing the first priority lien obligations, the intercreditor
agreement will provide that in certain circumstances, the second
priority liens securing the exchange notes will also be
released. In addition, the security documents related to the
second priority lien generally provide that, so long as the
first priority lien obligations are in effect, the holders of
the first priority lien obligations may change, waive, modify or
vary the security documents governing such first priority liens
without the consent of the holders of the exchange notes (except
under certain limited circumstances) and that the security
documents governing the second priority liens will be
automatically changed, waived and modified in the same manner.
Further, the security documents governing the second priority
liens may not be amended in any manner adverse to the holders of
the first-priority obligations without the consent of the first
lien agent until the first priority lien obligations are paid in
full. The security agreement governing the second priority liens
will prohibit second priority lienholders from foreclosing on
the collateral until payment in full of the first priority lien
obligations. We cannot assure you that in the event of a
foreclosure by the holders of the first priority lien
obligations, the proceeds from the sale of collateral would be
sufficient to satisfy all or any of the amounts outstanding
under the exchange notes after payment in full of the
obligations secured by first priority liens on the collateral.
In addition, there can be no assurance that the first lien agent
has taken all actions necessary to create properly perfected
security interests in the collateral securing the exchange
notes, which, as a result of the intercreditor agreement, may
result in the loss of the priority of the security interest in
favor of the holders of exchange notes to which they would have
been entitled as a result of such non-perfection.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the collateral agent may exercise
rights and remedies with respect to the security interests after
the passage of a period of 180 days from the date on which
the collateral agent has notified the administrative agent under
our senior credit facility that an event of default has
occurred, the obligations under the exchange notes have been
accelerated and a demand for payment has been made, but only to
the extent that the first lien administrative agent is not
diligently pursuing the exercise of its rights and remedies with
respect to a material portion of its security interests.
The
right of the collateral agent to foreclose upon and sell the
collateral after an event of default has occurred may also be
subject to limitations under the Communications Act and the
regulations under the FCC.
Under the Communications Act and implementing rules and
regulations of the FCC, the consent of the FCC must be obtained
prior to any change in direct or indirect control of an entity
holding licenses issued by the FCC. We and certain of our
subsidiaries hold licenses issued by the FCC. The foreclosure of
our capital stock or of the capital stock of our subsidiaries
which directly or indirectly hold such licenses could result in
a transfer of control of an entity holding FCC licenses. In the
event of default, the collateral agent may be required to obtain
the consent of the FCC prior to exercising foreclosure rights or
selling the collateral securing the exchange notes and the
guarantees. Furthermore, security interests in FCC licenses are
limited to the extent such security interests are prohibited by
law or regulation. This limitation could complicate the ability
of the second lien collateral agent to foreclose upon and sell
the collateral. We can give no assurance that such consent can
be obtained by the second lien collateral agent.
Security
over all of the collateral was not in place on the date of
issuance of the original notes or was not perfected on such date
and may not yet be in place or perfected, as the case may be,
and any unresolved issues may impact the value of the
collateral.
Certain security interests were not in place on the date of
issuance of the original notes or were not perfected on such
date and may not yet be in place or perfected, as the case may
be. We are required to file or cause to be filed financing
statements under the Uniform Commercial Code to perfect the
security interests that can be perfected by such filings. We are
required to use commercially reasonable efforts to have all
security interests that are required to be perfected by the
security documents to be in place no later than 150 days
after the date of issuance of the original notes, except to the
extent any such security interest cannot
13
be perfected with commercially reasonable efforts. Any issues
that we are not able to resolve in connection with the delivery
and recordation of such security interests may negatively impact
the value of the collateral.
Certain
mortgages or title insurance securing the original notes and the
exchange notes were not in place on the date of issuance of the
original notes and may not yet be in place, and any unresolved
issues in connection with the issuance of such mortgages and
title policies may impact the value of the
collateral.
Certain mortgages on the properties intended to secure the
original notes and the exchange notes were not in place at the
time of the issuance of the original notes and may not yet be in
place. Title insurance may not be obtained for leasehold
properties and title insurance policies may not yet be in place
to insure, among other things, (i) that valid title or
leasehold interest to such properties is held in the name of the
entity represented by us to be the owner or tenant thereof and
that such title or interest is not encumbered by unpermitted
liens and (ii) the validity and second lien priority of the
mortgage granted to the collateral agent for the benefit of the
holders of the exchange notes.
We have agreed to grant mortgage liens in favor of the
collateral agent for the benefit of the trustee and the holders
of the exchange notes on all our interests, as tenants, in
certain real property leases (a) upon which a broadcast
tower is located, (b) upon which a studio or other facility
related to the operation of a station is located or
(c) that has an estimated fair market value (determined by
us in good faith) in excess of $500,000, in each case, to the
extent that the landlords consent is obtained with respect
to any such lease where such consent is required to grant such
mortgage lien or otherwise to the extent any landlords
consent is not necessary pursuant to the provisions of the
applicable lease. To the extent the landlord of any lease shall
fail or refuse to grant such consent after we have used
commercially reasonable efforts to obtain such consent, the
leasehold interest pursuant thereto shall not constitute
collateral securing the exchange notes.
With
respect to our real properties mortgaged or to be mortgaged as
security for the exchange notes, no surveys or legal opinions
have been or will be delivered. There will, therefore, be no
independent assurance that the mortgages securing the exchange
notes are enforceable under applicable state law to encumber the
correct real properties.
In connection with the issuance of the original notes and this
exchange offer, we were not, and are not, required to provide
surveys or legal opinions with respect to our real properties
intended to constitute collateral. Therefore, we can provide no
independent assurance that: (i) the real property
encumbered by the mortgages includes all of the property
intended to be included in the collateral; and (ii) such
property is not subject to any encroachments, claims or other
matters that would only be revealed by a survey. In addition, as
legal opinions are not being delivered with respect to such
properties in connection with this exchange offer, there can be
no independent assurance that the mortgages create and
constitute valid and enforceable liens on the property intended
to be encumbered thereby under the laws of each jurisdiction in
which such property is located.
It may
be difficult to realize upon the value of the collateral
securing the exchange notes.
The collateral securing the exchange notes will be subject to
any and all exceptions, defects, encumbrances, liens and other
imperfections as may be accepted by the trustee for the exchange
notes and the second lien collateral agent and any other
creditors that have the benefit of first liens on the collateral
securing the exchange notes from time to time. The existence of
any such exceptions, defects, encumbrances, liens and other
imperfections could adversely affect the value of the collateral
securing the exchange notes as well as the ability of the second
lien collateral agent to realize upon or foreclose on such
collateral.
No appraisals of any of the collateral have been prepared by us
or on behalf of us in connection with this exchange offer. The
value of the collateral at any time will depend on market and
other economic conditions, including the availability of
suitable buyers. By their nature, some or all of the pledged
assets may be illiquid and may have no readily ascertainable
market value. We cannot assure you that the fair market value of
the collateral as of the date of this prospectus exceeds the
principal amount of the debt secured thereby. There also can be
no assurance that the collateral will be saleable and, even if
saleable, the timing of the liquidation
14
thereof would be uncertain. To the extent that liens, rights or
easements granted to third parties encumber assets located on
property owned by us, such third parties have or may exercise
rights and remedies with respect to the property subject to such
liens that could adversely affect the value of the collateral
and the ability of the collateral agent to realize or foreclose
on the collateral. The value of the assets pledged as collateral
for the exchange notes could be impaired in the future as a
result of changing economic conditions, our failure to implement
our business strategy, competition, unforeseen liabilities and
other future events. Accordingly, there may not be sufficient
collateral to pay all or any of the amounts due on the exchange
notes. Any claim for the difference between the amount, if any,
realized by holders of the exchange notes from the sale of the
collateral securing the exchange notes and the obligations under
the exchange notes will rank equally in right of payment with
all of our other unsecured unsubordinated indebtedness and other
obligations. Additionally, in the event that a bankruptcy case
is commenced by or against us, if the value of the collateral is
less than the amount of principal and accrued and unpaid
interest on the exchange notes and all other senior secured
obligations, interest may cease to accrue on the exchange notes
from and after the date the bankruptcy petition is filed.
In the future, the obligation to grant additional security over
assets, or a particular type or class of assets, whether as a
result of the acquisition or creation of future assets or
subsidiaries, the designation of a previously unrestricted
subsidiary or otherwise, is subject to the provisions of the
intercreditor agreement. The intercreditor agreement sets out a
number of limitations on the rights of the holders of the
exchange notes to require security in certain circumstances,
which may result in, among other things, the amount recoverable
under any security provided by any subsidiary being limited
and/or
security not being granted over a particular type or class of
assets. Accordingly, this may affect the value of the security
provided by us and our subsidiaries. Furthermore, upon
enforcement against any collateral or in insolvency, under the
terms of the intercreditor agreement the claims of the holders
of the exchange notes to the proceeds of such enforcement will
rank behind the claims of the holders of obligations under our
senior credit facility, which are first priority obligations,
and holders of additional secured indebtedness (to the extent
permitted to have priority by the indenture).
The security interest of the second lien collateral agent will
be subject to practical problems generally associated with the
realization of security interests in collateral. For example,
the second lien collateral agent may need to obtain consents of
third parties to obtain or enforce security interests in
contracts and other collateral, and make additional filings. We
cannot assure you that the collateral agent will be able to
obtain any such consents or make any such filings. We also
cannot assure you that the consents of any third parties will be
given when required, or at all, to facilitate a foreclosure on
such assets. Accordingly, the second lien collateral agent may
not have the ability to foreclose upon those assets and, in such
event, the holders will not be entitled to the collateral or any
recovery with respect thereto.
These requirements may also limit the number of potential
bidders for certain collateral in any foreclosure and may delay
any sale, either of which events may have an adverse effect on
the sale price of the collateral. Therefore, the practical value
of realizing on the collateral, without the appropriate consents
and filings, may be limited.
Bankruptcy
laws may limit your ability to realize value from the
collateral.
The right of the second lien collateral agent to repossess and
dispose of the collateral upon the occurrence of an event of
default under the indenture governing the exchange notes is
likely to be significantly impaired (or at a minimum delayed) by
applicable bankruptcy law if a bankruptcy case were to be
commenced by or against us before the second lien collateral
agent repossessed and disposed of the collateral. Upon the
commencement of a case under the bankruptcy code, a secured
creditor such as the second lien collateral agent is prohibited
from repossessing its security from a debtor in a bankruptcy
case, or from disposing of security repossessed from such
debtor, without bankruptcy court approval, which may not be
given. Moreover, the bankruptcy code permits the debtor to
continue to retain and use collateral even though the debtor is
in default under the applicable debt instruments, provided
that the secured creditor is given adequate
protection. The meaning of the term adequate
protection may vary according to circumstances, but it is
intended in general to protect the value of the secured
creditors interest in the collateral as of the
commencement of the
15
bankruptcy case and may include cash payments or the granting of
additional or replacement security if and at such times as the
bankruptcy court in its discretion determines that the value of
the secured creditors interest in the collateral is
declining during the pendency of the bankruptcy case. A
bankruptcy court may determine that a secured creditor may not
require compensation for a diminution in the value of its
collateral if the value of the collateral exceeds the debt it
secures.
In view of the lack of a precise definition of the term
adequate protection and the broad discretionary
power of a bankruptcy court, it is impossible to predict:
|
|
|
|
|
how long payments under the exchange notes could be delayed
following commencement of a bankruptcy case;
|
|
|
|
whether or when the collateral agent could repossess or dispose
of the collateral;
|
|
|
|
the value of the collateral at the time of the bankruptcy
petition; or
|
|
|
|
whether or to what extent holders of the exchange notes would be
compensated for any delay in payment or loss of value of the
collateral through the requirement of adequate
protection.
|
In addition, the intercreditor agreement provides that, in the
event of a bankruptcy, the trustee and the second lien
collateral agent may not object to a number of important matters
following the filing of a bankruptcy petition so long as any
first priority lien obligations are outstanding. After such a
filing, the value of the collateral securing the exchange notes
could materially deteriorate and the holders of the exchange
notes would be unable to raise an objection. The right of the
holders of obligations secured by first priority liens on the
collateral to foreclose upon and sell the collateral upon the
occurrence of an event of default also would be subject to
limitations under applicable bankruptcy laws if we or any of our
subsidiaries become subject to a bankruptcy proceeding.
Any disposition of the collateral during a bankruptcy case would
also require permission from the bankruptcy court. Furthermore,
in the event a bankruptcy court determines the value of the
collateral is not sufficient to repay all amounts due on first
priority lien debt and, thereafter, the exchange notes, the
holders of the exchange notes would hold a secured claim only to
the extent of the value of the collateral to which the holders
of the exchange notes are entitled and unsecured claims with
respect to such shortfall. The bankruptcy code only permits the
payment and accrual of post-petition interest, costs and
attorneys fees to a secured creditor during a
debtors bankruptcy case to the extent the value of its
collateral is determined by the bankruptcy court to exceed the
aggregate outstanding principal amount of the obligations
secured by the collateral.
In
certain instances, the trustee may determine not to foreclose on
certain collateral.
The trustee and the collateral agent may need to evaluate the
impact of the potential liabilities before determining to
foreclose on collateral consisting of real property, if any,
because secured creditors that hold or enforce a security
interest in real property may be held liable under environmental
laws for the costs of remediating or preventing the release or
threatened releases of hazardous substances at such real
property. Consequently, the collateral agent may decline to
foreclose on such collateral or exercise remedies available in
respect thereof if it does not receive indemnification to its
satisfaction from the holders of the exchange notes.
A
court could void our subsidiaries guarantees of the
exchange notes and the liens securing such guarantees under
fraudulent transfer laws.
Although the guarantees provide holders of the exchange notes
with a direct claim against the assets of the subsidiary
guarantors and the guarantees will be secured by the collateral
owned by the guarantors, under the federal bankruptcy laws and
comparable provisions of state fraudulent transfer laws, a
guarantee or lien could under certain circumstances be voided,
or claims with respect to a guarantee or lien could be
subordinated to all other debts of that guarantor. In addition,
a bankruptcy court could potentially void (i.e., cancel)
any payments by that guarantor pursuant to its guarantee and
require those payments and enforcement proceeds from the
collateral to be returned to the guarantor or to a fund for the
benefit of the other creditors
16
of the guarantor. Each guarantee will contain a provision
intended to limit the guarantors liability to the maximum
amount that it could incur without causing the incurrence of
obligations under its guarantee to be a fraudulent transfer.
This provision may not be effective to protect the guarantees
from being voided under fraudulent transfer law, or may
eliminate a guarantors obligations or reduce a
guarantors obligations to an amount that effectively makes
the guarantee worthless. In a recent Florida bankruptcy case,
this kind of provision was found to be ineffective to protect
the guarantees.
The bankruptcy court might take these actions if it found, among
other things, that when a subsidiary guarantor executed its
guarantee or granted its lien (or, in some jurisdictions, when
it became obligated to make payments under its guarantee):
|
|
|
|
|
such subsidiary guarantor received less than reasonably
equivalent value or fair consideration for the incurrence of its
guarantee or granting of the lien; and
|
|
|
|
such subsidiary guarantor:
|
|
|
|
|
|
was (or was rendered) insolvent by the incurrence of the
guarantee;
|
|
|
|
was engaged or about to engage in a business or transaction for
which its assets constituted unreasonably small capital to carry
on its business;
|
|
|
|
intended to incur, or believed that it would incur, obligations
beyond its ability to pay as those obligations matured; or
|
|
|
|
was a defendant in an action for money damages, or had a
judgment for money damages docketed against it and, in either
case, after final judgment, the judgment was unsatisfied.
|
A bankruptcy court would likely find that a subsidiary guarantor
received less than fair consideration or reasonably equivalent
value for its guarantee or lien to the extent that it did not
receive a direct or indirect benefit from the issuance of the
exchange notes. A bankruptcy court could also void a guarantee
or lien if it found that the subsidiary issued its guarantee or
granted its lien with actual intent to hinder, delay or defraud
creditors.
Although courts in different jurisdictions measure solvency
differently, in general, an entity would be deemed insolvent if
the sum of its debts, including contingent and unliquidated
debts, exceeds the fair value of its assets, or if the present
fair salable value of its assets is less than the amount that
would be required to pay the expected liability on its debts,
including contingent and unliquidated debts, as they become due.
If a court voided a guarantee or lien, it could require that
holders of exchange notes return any amounts previously paid
under such guarantee or enforcement proceeds from the
collateral. If any guarantee or lien were voided, holders of
exchange notes would cease to have a direct claim against the
applicable subsidiary guarantor, but would retain their rights
against us and any other subsidiary guarantors, although there
is no assurance that those entities assets would be
sufficient to pay the exchange notes in full.
In the
event of a future bankruptcy of us or any of the guarantors,
holders of the exchange notes may be deemed to have an unsecured
claim to the extent that our obligations in respect of the
exchange notes exceed the fair market value of the collateral
securing the exchange notes.
In any future bankruptcy proceeding with respect to us or any of
the guarantors, it is possible that the bankruptcy trustee, the
debtor in possession or competing creditors will assert that the
fair market value of the collateral with respect to the exchange
notes on the date of the bankruptcy filing was less than the
then-current principal amount of the exchange notes. Upon a
finding by the bankruptcy court that the exchange notes are
under-collateralized, the claims in the bankruptcy proceeding
with respect to the exchange notes would be bifurcated between a
secured claim in an amount equal to the value of the collateral
and an unsecured claim with respect to the remainder of its
claim which would not be entitled to the benefits of security in
the collateral. Other consequences of a finding of
under-collateralization would be, among other things, a lack of
entitlement on the part of the exchange notes to receive
post-petition interest or applicable fees, costs or charges and
a lack of entitlement on the part of the unsecured portion of
the exchange notes to receive
17
adequate protection under federal bankruptcy laws.
In addition, if any payments of post-petition interest had been
made at any time prior to such a finding of
under-collateralization, those payments would be recharacterized
by the bankruptcy court as a reduction of the principal amount
of the secured claim.
The
Company has a significant amount of indebtedness and other
obligations, including the exchange notes, that become due over
a relatively short period of time.
We have a significant amount of indebtedness, including the
exchange notes, and other obligations that will, or may, become
due between December 31, 2014 and June 30, 2015. These
obligations include any potential exercise of optional
redemption rights held by the holders of our Series D
perpetual preferred stock, which those holders may exercise at
any time from and after June 30, 2015. Our ability to make
required payments on our indebtedness, or other obligations,
depends on our ability to generate cash in the future. If we
cannot generate sufficient cash to repay our indebtedness,
including the exchange notes, at maturity or if we are not able
to satisfy our other financial obligations as they come due, or
if we are unable to refinance all or a portion of such
indebtedness, or obtain financing sufficient to enable us to
meet such other obligations, at times, and on terms, which are
acceptable to us, then we may have to take such actions as
reducing or delaying capital investments, selling assets,
restructuring or refinancing our debt or seeking additional
capital through alternative sources. We may not be able to
complete any of these actions on commercially reasonable terms,
or at all. Our inability to repay or refinance our indebtedness
and other obligations as they become due, or the violation of
any covenants which may impair, restrict or limit our ability to
do so, could have a material adverse effect on our financial
condition and results of operations. Furthermore, in the event
that we were unable to repay or refinance our indebtedness or
other obligations, and a bankruptcy case were to be commenced
under the bankruptcy code, we could be subject to claims, with
respect to any payments made within 90 days prior to
commencement of such a case, that we were insolvent at the time
any such payments were made and that all or a portion of such
payments, which could include repayments of amounts due under
the exchange notes, might be deemed to constitute a preference,
under the bankruptcy code, and that such payments should be
voided by the bankruptcy court and recovered from the recipients
for the benefit of the entire bankruptcy estate.
The
collateral is subject to casualty risks.
We maintain insurance or otherwise insure against certain
hazards. There are, however, losses that may not be insured. If
there is a total or partial loss of any of the pledged
collateral, we cannot assure you that any insurance proceeds
received by us will be sufficient to satisfy all the secured
obligations, including the exchange notes and the guarantees.
The
exchange notes will be effectively subordinated to the claims of
the creditors of our non-guarantor subsidiaries.
We conduct a substantial portion of our business through our
subsidiaries, all of which initially will be guarantors of the
exchange notes. However, the indenture governing the exchange
notes in certain circumstances permits non-guarantor
subsidiaries. Claims of creditors of any non-guarantor
subsidiaries, including trade creditors, will generally have
priority with respect to the assets and earnings of such
subsidiaries over the claims of creditors of the Company,
including holders of the exchange notes. The indenture governing
the exchange notes permits the incurrence of certain additional
indebtedness by our non-guarantor subsidiaries in the future.
See Description of Notes Subsidiary
Guarantees and Description of Notes
Certain Covenants Limitation on Incurrence of
Indebtedness.
We may
be unable to purchase the exchange notes upon a change of
control.
Upon the occurrence of a change of control, as defined in the
indenture governing the exchange notes, we are required to offer
to purchase the exchange notes in cash at a price equal to 101%
of the principal amount of the exchange notes, plus accrued and
unpaid interest, if any. A change of control constitutes an
event of default under our senior credit facility that permits
the lenders to accelerate the maturity of the borrowings
thereunder and may trigger similar rights under our other
indebtedness then outstanding. Our senior credit
18
facility may prohibit us from repurchasing any exchange notes.
The failure to repurchase the exchange notes would result in an
event of default under the exchange notes. In the event of a
change of control, we may not have sufficient funds to purchase
all of the exchange notes and to repay the amounts outstanding
under our new senior credit facility or other indebtedness.
We
cannot be sure that a market for the exchange notes, if any,
will develop or continue.
We cannot assure you as to:
|
|
|
|
|
the liquidity of any trading market for the exchange notes;
|
|
|
|
your ability to sell your exchange notes; or
|
|
|
|
the price at which you may be able to sell your exchange notes.
|
The exchange notes may trade at a discount from their initial
price, depending upon prevailing interest rates, the market for
similar securities and other factors, including general economic
conditions, our financial condition, performance and prospects
and prospects for companies in our industry generally. In
addition, the liquidity of the trading market in the exchange
notes and the market prices quoted for the exchange notes may be
adversely affected by changes in the overall market for
high-yield securities.
Certain of the initial purchasers of the original notes have
advised us that they intend to make a market in the exchange
notes as permitted by applicable law. They are not obligated,
however, to make a market in the exchange notes and any such
market-making may be discontinued at any time at the sole
discretion of the initial purchasers of the original notes. As a
result, you cannot be sure that an active trading market will
develop for the exchange notes.
The
capital stock securing the exchange notes will automatically be
released from the collateral to the extent the pledge of such
collateral would require the filing of separate financial
statements for any of our subsidiaries with the
SEC.
The indenture governing the exchange notes and the security
documents provides that, to the extent that any rule would be,
or is, adopted, amended or interpreted which would require the
filing with the SEC (or any other governmental agency) of
separate financial statements of any of our subsidiaries due to
the fact that such subsidiarys capital stock or other
securities secure the exchange notes, then such capital stock or
other securities will automatically be deemed, for so long as
such requirement would be in effect, not to be part of the
collateral securing the exchange notes to the extent necessary
not to be subject to such requirement. In such event, the
security documents may be amended, without the consent of the
holders of the exchange notes, to the extent necessary to
evidence the absence of any liens on such capital stock or other
securities. As a result, holders of the exchange notes could
lose their security interest in such portion of the collateral
if and for so long as any such rule is in effect. In addition,
the absence of a lien on a portion of the capital stock of a
subsidiary pursuant to this provision in certain circumstances
could result in less than a majority of the capital stock of a
subsidiary being pledged to secure the exchange notes, which
could impair the ability of the collateral agent, acting on
behalf of the holders of the exchange notes, to sell a
controlling interest in such subsidiary or to otherwise realize
value on its security interest in such subsidiarys stock
or assets.
If you
fail to exchange your original notes, they will continue to be
restricted securities and may become less liquid.
Original notes that you do not tender or we do not accept will,
following the exchange offer, continue to be restricted
securities, and you may not offer to sell them except pursuant
to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the
Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. We will
issue exchange notes in exchange for the original notes pursuant
to the exchange offer only following the satisfaction of the
procedures and conditions set forth in The Exchange
Offer Procedures for Tendering Original Notes
and The Exchange Offer Conditions to the
Exchange Offer. These procedures and conditions include
timely receipt by the exchange agent of such original notes (or
a confirmation of book-entry transfer) and of a
19
properly completed and duly executed letter of transmittal (or
an agents message from The Depository Trust Company).
Because we anticipate that all or substantially all holders of
original notes will elect to exchange their original notes in
this exchange offer, we expect that the liquidity of the market
for any original notes remaining after the completion of the
exchange offer will be substantially limited. Any original notes
tendered and exchanged in the exchange offer will reduce the
aggregate principal amount of the original notes outstanding.
Following the exchange offer, if you do not tender your original
notes, you generally will not have any further registration
rights, and your original notes will continue to be subject to
certain transfer restrictions. Accordingly, the liquidity of the
market for the original notes could be adversely affected.
Risks
Related to Our Indebtedness
We
have substantial debt and have the ability to incur additional
debt. The principal and interest payment obligations of such
debt may restrict our future operations and impair our ability
to meet our obligations under the exchange notes.
After giving effect to the issuance of the original notes and
the use of proceeds thereof, at March 31, 2010, we and the
guarantors would have had approximately $879.4 million
aggregate principal amount of outstanding indebtedness
(excluding intercompany indebtedness), substantially all of
which would have constituted senior debt (including the original
notes and the exchange notes), and of which approximately
$514.0 million would have effectively ranked senior to the
original notes and the exchange notes, to the extent of the
assets securing such debt. In addition, the terms of our senior
credit facility and the indenture governing the exchange notes
permit us to incur additional indebtedness, subject to our
ability to meet certain borrowing conditions.
Our substantial debt may have important consequences to you. For
instance, it could:
|
|
|
|
|
make it more difficult for us to satisfy our financial
obligations, including those relating to the exchange notes;
|
|
|
|
require us to dedicate a substantial portion of any cash flow
from operations to the payment of interest and principal due
under our debt, which will reduce funds available for other
business purposes, including capital expenditures and
acquisitions;
|
|
|
|
place us at a competitive disadvantage compared with some of our
competitors that may have less debt and better access to capital
resources; and
|
|
|
|
limit our ability to obtain additional financing required to
fund working capital and capital expenditures and for other
general corporate purposes.
|
We have significant financial obligations outstanding. Our
ability to service our debt and these other obligations depends
on our ability to generate significant cash flow. This is
partially subject to general economic, financial, competitive,
legislative and regulatory, and other factors that are beyond
our control. We cannot assure you that our business will
generate cash flow from operations, that future borrowings will
be available to us under our senior credit facility, or that we
will be able to complete any necessary financings, in amounts
sufficient to enable us to fund our operations or pay our debts
and other obligations, or to fund other liquidity needs. If we
are not able to generate sufficient cash flow to service our
debt obligations, we may need to refinance or restructure our
debt, sell assets, reduce or delay capital investments, or seek
to raise additional capital. Additional debt or equity financing
may not be available in sufficient amounts, at times or on terms
acceptable to us, or at all. If we are unable to implement one
or more of these alternatives, we may not be able to service our
debt or other obligations, which could result in us being in
default thereon, in which circumstances our lenders could cease
making loans to us and accelerate and declare due all
outstanding obligations under our senior credit facility, which
could have a material adverse effect on the value of our common
stock. In addition, the current volatility in the capital
markets may also impact our ability to obtain additional
financing, or to refinance our existing debt, on terms or at
times favorable to us.
20
The
agreements governing our various debt obligations impose
restrictions on our business and limit our ability to undertake
certain corporate actions.
The agreements governing our various debt obligations, including
the indenture governing the exchange notes and the agreements
governing our senior credit facility, include covenants imposing
significant restrictions on our business. These restrictions may
affect our ability to operate our business and may limit our
ability to take advantage of potential business opportunities as
they arise. These covenants place restrictions on our ability
to, among other things:
|
|
|
|
|
incur additional debt;
|
|
|
|
declare or pay dividends, redeem stock or make other
distributions to stockholders;
|
|
|
|
make investments or acquisitions;
|
|
|
|
create liens or use assets as security in other transactions;
|
|
|
|
issue guarantees;
|
|
|
|
merge or consolidate, or sell, transfer, lease or dispose of
substantially all of our assets;
|
|
|
|
amend our articles of incorporation or bylaws;
|
|
|
|
engage in transactions with affiliates; and
|
|
|
|
purchase, sell or transfer certain assets.
|
Our senior credit facility also requires us to comply with a
number of financial ratios and covenants.
Our ability to comply with these agreements may be affected by
events beyond our control, including prevailing economic,
financial and industry conditions. These covenants could have an
adverse effect on our business by limiting our ability to take
advantage of financing, merger and acquisition or other
corporate opportunities. The breach of any of these covenants or
restrictions could result in a default under the indenture
governing the exchange notes or our senior credit facility. An
event of default under any of our debt agreements could permit
some of our lenders, including the lenders under our senior
credit facility, to declare all amounts borrowed from them to be
immediately due and payable, together with accrued and unpaid
interest, which could, in turn, trigger defaults under other
debt obligations and the commitments of the lenders to make
further extensions of credit under our senior credit facility
could be terminated. If we were unable to repay debt to our
lenders, or are otherwise in default under any provision
governing our outstanding secured debt obligations, our secured
lenders could proceed against us and the subsidiary guarantors
and against the collateral securing that debt. In addition,
acceleration of our other indebtedness may cause us to be unable
to make interest payments on the exchange notes and repay the
principal amount of or repurchase the exchange notes or may
cause the subsidiary guarantors to be unable to make payments
under the guarantees.
Our
variable rate indebtedness subjects us to interest rate risk,
which could cause our annual debt service obligations to
increase significantly.
Borrowings under our senior credit facility are at variable
rates of interest and expose us to interest rate risk. If
interest rates increase, our debt service obligations on our
variable rate indebtedness would increase even though the amount
borrowed remained the same, and our net income would decrease.
Risks
Related to Our Business
We
depend on advertising revenues, which are seasonal, and also may
fluctuate as a result of a number of factors.
Our main source of revenue is sales of advertising time and
space. Our ability to sell advertising time and space depends on:
|
|
|
|
|
economic conditions in the areas where our stations are located
and in the nation as a whole;
|
|
|
|
the popularity of our programming;
|
21
|
|
|
|
|
changes in the population demographics in the areas where our
stations are located;
|
|
|
|
local and national advertising price fluctuations, which can be
affected by the availability of programming, the popularity of
programming, and the relative supply of and demand for
commercial advertising;
|
|
|
|
our competitors activities, including increased
competition from other forms of advertising-based mediums,
particularly network, cable television, direct satellite
television and internet;
|
|
|
|
the duration and extent of any network preemption of regularly
scheduled programming for any reason, including as a result of
the outbreak or continuance of military hostilities or terrorist
attacks, and decisions by advertisers to withdraw or delay
planned advertising expenditures for any reason, including as a
result of military action or terrorist attacks; and
|
|
|
|
other factors that may be beyond our control. For example, a
labor dispute or other disruption at a major national
advertiser, programming provider or network, or a recession
nationally
and/or in a
particular market, might make it more difficult to sell
advertising time and space and could reduce our revenue.
|
Our results are also subject to seasonal fluctuations. Seasonal
fluctuations typically result in higher broadcast operating
income in the second and fourth quarters than first and third
quarters of each year. This seasonality is primarily
attributable to (i) advertisers increased
expenditures in the spring and in anticipation of holiday season
spending and (ii) an increase in viewership during this
period. Furthermore, revenues from political advertising are
significantly higher in even-numbered years, particularly during
presidential election years.
Our
dependence upon a limited number of advertising categories could
adversely affect our business.
We derive a material portion of our advertising revenue from the
automotive and restaurant industries. In 2009, we earned
approximately 17% and 12% of our total revenue from the
automotive and restaurant categories, respectively. In 2008, we
earned approximately 19% and 10% of our total revenue from the
automotive and restaurant categories, respectively. Our business
and operating results could be materially adversely affected if
automotive- or restaurant-related advertising revenues decrease.
Our business and operating results could also be materially
adversely affected if revenue decreased from one or more other
significant advertising categories, such as the communications,
entertainment, financial services, professional services or
retail industries.
We are
highly dependent upon our network affiliations, and may lose a
large amount of television programming if a network
(i) terminates its affiliation with us,
(ii) significantly changes the economic terms and
conditions of any future affiliation agreements with us or
(iii) significantly changes the type, quality or quantity
of programming provided to us under an affiliation
agreement.
Our business depends in large part on the success of our network
affiliations. Each of our stations is affiliated with a major
network pursuant to an affiliation agreement. Each affiliation
agreement provides the affiliated station with the right to
broadcast all programs transmitted by the affiliated network.
Our primary network affiliation agreements expire at various
dates through January 1, 2016. See
Business Our Stations and Their Markets
included elsewhere in this prospectus.
If we can not enter into affiliation agreements to replace our
expiring agreements, we may no longer be able to carry the
affiliated networks programming. This loss of programming
would require us to obtain replacement programming. Such
replacement programming may involve higher costs and may not be
as attractive to our target audiences, thereby reducing our
ability to generate advertising revenue. Furthermore, our
concentration of CBS
and/or NBC
affiliates makes us particularly sensitive to adverse changes in
our business relationship with, and the general success of, CBS
and/or NBC.
In addition, if we are unable to renew or replace our existing
affiliation agreements, we may be unable to satisfy certain
obligations under our existing or any future retransmission
consent agreements with cable,
22
satellite and telecommunications providers (MVPDs).
Furthermore, if in the future a network limited or removed our
ability to retransmit network programming to MVPDs, we may be
unable to satisfy certain obligations under our existing or any
future retransmission consent agreements. In either case, such
an event could have a material adverse effect on our business
and results of operations.
We
must purchase television programming in advance but cannot
predict whether a particular show will be popular enough to
cover its cost.
One of our most significant costs is television programming. If
a particular program is not sufficiently popular among audiences
in relation to its costs, we may not be able to sell enough
advertising time to cover the costs of the program. Since we
purchase programming content from others, we have little control
over programming costs. We usually must purchase programming
several years in advance, and may have to commit to purchase
more than one years worth of programming. We may also
replace programs that are performing poorly before we have
recaptured any significant portion of the costs we incurred or
fully expensed the costs for financial reporting purposes. Any
of these factors could reduce our revenues, result in the
incurrence of impairment charges or otherwise cause our costs to
escalate relative to revenues. For instance, during the year
ended December 31, 2009, we recorded a television program
impairment expense of $0.2 million.
We
operate in a highly competitive environment. Competition occurs
on multiple levels (for audiences, programming and advertisers)
and is based on a variety of factors. If we are not able to
successfully compete in all relevant aspects, our revenues will
be materially adversely affected.
As described elsewhere herein, television stations compete for
audiences, certain programming (including news) and advertisers.
Signal coverage and assigned frequency also materially affect a
television stations competitive position. With respect to
audiences, stations compete primarily based on broadcast program
popularity. Because we purchase or otherwise acquire, rather
than produce, programs, we cannot provide any assurances as to
the acceptability by audiences of any of the programs we
broadcast. Further, because we compete with other broadcast
stations for certain programming, we cannot provide any
assurances that we will be able to obtain any desired
programming at costs that we believe are reasonable.
Cable-originated programming and increased access to cable and
satellite TV has become a significant competitor for broadcast
television programming viewers. Cable networks advertising
share has increased due to the growth in cable/satellite
penetration (the percentage of television households that are
connected to a cable or satellite system), which reduces
viewers. Further increases in the advertising share of cable or
satellite networks could materially adversely affect the
advertising revenue of our television stations.
In addition, technological innovation and the resulting
proliferation of programming alternatives, such as home
entertainment systems, wireless cable services,
satellite master antenna television systems, LPTV stations,
television translator stations, DBS, video distribution
services,
pay-per-view
and the internet, have further fractionalized television viewing
audiences and resulted in additional challenges to revenue
generation.
Our inability or failure to broadcast popular programs, or
otherwise maintain viewership for any reason, including as a
result of significant increases in programming alternatives,
could result in a lack of advertisers, or a reduction in the
amount advertisers are willing to pay us to advertise, which
could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial
condition and results of operations.
The
required phased-in introduction of digital television will
continue to require us to incur significant capital and
operating costs and may expose us to increased
competition.
The 2009 requirement to convert from analog to digital
television services in the United States may require us to incur
significant capital expenditures in replacing our stations
equipment to produce local programming, including news, in
digital format. We cannot be certain that increased revenues
will offset these additional capital expenditures.
In addition, we also may incur additional costs to obtain
programming for the additional channels made available by
digital technology. Increased revenues from the additional
channels may not offset the conversion
23
costs and additional programming expenses. Multiple channels
programmed by other stations may further increase competition in
our markets.
Any
potential hostilities or terrorist attacks, or similar events
leading to broadcast interruptions, may affect our revenues and
results of operations.
If the United States engages in additional foreign hostilities,
experiences a terrorist attack or experiences any similar event
resulting in interruptions to regularly scheduled broadcasting,
we may lose advertising revenue and incur increased broadcasting
expenses. Lost revenue and increased expenses may be due to
pre-emption, delay or cancellation of advertising campaigns, and
increased costs of covering such events. We cannot predict the
(i) extent or duration of any future disruption to our
programming schedule, (ii) amount of advertising revenue
that would be lost or delayed or (iii) amount by which our
broadcasting expenses would increase as a result. Any such loss
of revenue and increased expenses could negatively affect our
future results of operations.
We
have, in the past, incurred impairment charges on our goodwill
and/or broadcast licenses, and any such future charges may have
a material effect on the value of our total
assets.
For the year ended December 31, 2008, we recorded a
non-cash impairment charge to our broadcast licenses of
$240.1 million and a non-cash impairment charge to our
goodwill of $98.6 million. As of March 31, 2010, the
book value of our broadcast licenses was $819.0 million and
the book value of our goodwill was $170.5 million, in
comparison to total assets of $1.2 billion. Not less than
annually, and more frequently if necessary, we are required to
evaluate our goodwill and broadcast licenses to determine if the
estimated fair value of these intangible assets is less than
book value. If the estimated fair value of these intangible
assets is less than book value, we will be required to record a
non-cash expense to write-down the book value of the intangible
asset to the estimated fair value. We cannot make any assurances
that any required impairment charges will not have a material
effect on our total assets.
Our
operating and financial flexibility is limited by the terms of
our Series D perpetual preferred stock.
In addition to the limitations imposed by our various debt
obligations as described under The agreements governing
our various debt obligations impose restrictions on our business
and limit our ability to undertake certain corporate
actions above, our Series D perpetual preferred stock
prevents us from taking certain actions and requires us to
comply with certain requirements. Among other things, this
includes limitations on:
|
|
|
|
|
additional indebtedness;
|
|
|
|
liens;
|
|
|
|
amendments to our by-laws and articles of incorporation;
|
|
|
|
our ability to issue equity securities having liquidation
preferences senior or equivalent to the liquidation preferences
of the Series D perpetual preferred stock;
|
|
|
|
mergers and the sale of assets;
|
|
|
|
guarantees;
|
|
|
|
investments and acquisitions;
|
|
|
|
payment of dividends and the redemption of our capital
stock; and
|
|
|
|
related-party transactions.
|
These restrictions may prevent us from taking action that could
increase the value of our business, or may require actions that
decrease the value of our business.
24
Risks
Related to Regulatory Matters
Federal
broadcasting industry regulation limits our operating
flexibility.
The FCC regulates all television broadcasters, including us. We
must obtain FCC approval whenever we (i) apply for a new
license, (ii) seek to renew or assign a license,
(iii) purchase a new station or (iv) transfer the
control of one of our subsidiaries that holds a license. Our FCC
licenses are critical to our operations, and we cannot operate
without them. We cannot be certain that the FCC will renew these
licenses in the future or approve new acquisitions. Our failure
to renew any licenses upon the expiration of any license term
could have a material adverse effect on our business.
Federal legislation and FCC rules have changed significantly in
recent years and may continue to change. These changes may limit
our ability to conduct our business in ways that we believe
would be advantageous and may affect our operating results.
The
FCCs duopoly restrictions limit our ability to own and
operate multiple television stations in the same market and our
ability to own and operate a television station and newspaper in
the same market.
The FCCs ownership rules generally prohibit us from owning
or having attributable interests in television
stations located in the same markets in which our stations are
licensed. Accordingly, those rules constrain our ability to
expand in our present markets through additional station
acquisitions. Current FCC cross-ownership rules prevent us from
owning and operating a television station and newspaper in the
same market.
The
FCCs National Television Station Ownership Rule limits the
maximum number of households we can reach.
A single television station owner can reach no more than
39 percent of U.S. households through commonly owned
television stations. Accordingly, these rules constrain our
ability to expand through additional station acquisitions.
Federal legislation and FCC rules have changed significantly in
recent years and may continue to change. These changes may limit
our ability to conduct our business in ways that we believe
would be advantageous and may affect our operating results.
The
FCCs National Broadband Plan could result in the
reallocation of broadcast spectrum for wireless broadband use,
which could materially impair our ability to provide competitive
services.
On March 16, 2010, the FCC delivered to Congress a
National Broadband Plan. The National Broadband
Plan, inter alia, makes recommendations regarding the use of
spectrum currently allocated to television broadcasters,
including seeking the voluntary surrender of certain portions of
the television broadcast spectrum and repacking the currently
allocated spectrum to make portions of that spectrum available
for other wireless communications services. If some or all of
our television stations are required to change frequencies or
reduce the amount of spectrum they use, our stations could incur
substantial conversion costs, reduction or loss of
over-the-air
signal coverage or an inability to provide high definition
programming and additional program streams, including mobile
video services. Prior to implementation of the proposals
contained in the National Broadband Plan, further action by the
FCC or Congress or both is necessary. We cannot predict the
likelihood, timing or outcome of any Congressional or FCC
regulatory action in this regard nor the impact of any such
changes upon our business.
Our
ability to successfully negotiate future retransmission consent
agreements may be hindered by the interests of networks with
whom we are affiliated and by potential legislative or
regulatory changes to the framework under which these agreements
are negotiated.
Our affiliation agreements with some broadcast networks include
certain terms that may affect our future ability to permit MVPDs
to retransmit network programming, and in some cases, we may be
unable to satisfy certain obligations under our existing or any
future retransmission consent agreements with MVPDs. In
25
addition, we may not be able to successfully negotiate future
retransmission consent agreements with the MVPDs in our local
markets if the broadcast networks withhold their consent to the
retransmission of those positions of our stations signals
containing network programming, or the networks may require us
to pay compensation in exchange for permitting redistribution of
network programming by MVPDs. If we are required to make
payments to networks in connection with signal retransmission,
those payments may adversely affect our operating results. If we
are unable to satisfy certain obligations under our existing or
future retransmission consent agreements with MVPDs, there could
be a material adverse effect on our results of operations.
The FCC is currently examining proposals that, if adopted as
currently proposed, would change the current rules for
conducting negotiations with cable and satellite companies,
including requiring mandatory arbitration in some instances. If
Congress or the FCC were to require mandatory arbitration and
maintenance of signal carriage during any such negotiation and
until any arbitration is completed, our ability to generate
revenue for these services could be materially adversely
affected.
26
THE
EXCHANGE OFFER
Purpose
of the Exchange Offer
In connection with the offer and sale of the original notes, we
and the guarantors entered into a registration rights agreement
with the initial purchasers of the original notes. We are making
the exchange offer to satisfy our obligations under the
registration rights agreement.
Terms of
the Exchange
We are offering to exchange, upon the terms and subject to the
conditions set forth in this prospectus and in the accompanying
letter of transmittal, exchange notes for an equal principal
amount of original notes. The terms of the exchange notes are
identical in all material respects to those of the original
notes, except for transfer restrictions, registration rights and
special interest provisions relating to the original notes that
will not apply to the exchange notes. The exchange notes will be
entitled to the benefits of the indenture under which the
original notes were issued. See Description of Notes.
The exchange offer is not conditioned upon any minimum aggregate
principal amount of original notes being tendered or accepted
for exchange. As of the date of this prospectus,
$365.0 million aggregate principal amount of the original
notes was outstanding. Original notes tendered in the exchange
offer must be tendered in denominations of $1,000 and integral
multiples thereof.
Based on certain interpretive letters issued by the staff of the
SEC to third parties in unrelated transactions, holders of
original notes, except any holder who is an
affiliate of ours within the meaning of
Rule 405 under the Securities Act, who exchange their
original notes for exchange notes pursuant to the exchange offer
generally may offer the exchange notes for resale, resell the
exchange notes and otherwise transfer the exchange notes without
compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery
provisions of the Securities Act, provided that the
exchange notes are acquired in the ordinary course of the
holders business and such holders are not participating
in, and have no arrangement or understanding with any person to
participate in, a distribution of the exchange notes.
Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own
account in exchange for original notes, where the original notes
were acquired by the broker-dealer as a result of market-making
activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it
will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of the
exchange notes as described in Plan of Distribution.
In addition, to comply with the securities laws of individual
jurisdictions, if applicable, the exchange notes may not be
offered or sold unless they have been registered or qualified
for sale in the jurisdiction or an exemption from registration
or qualification is available and complied with. We have agreed,
pursuant to the registration rights agreement, to file with the
SEC a registration statement (of which this prospectus forms a
part) with respect to the exchange notes. If you do not exchange
such original notes for exchange notes pursuant to the exchange
offer, your original notes will continue to be subject to
restrictions on transfer.
If any holder of the original notes is an affiliate of ours, is
engaged in or intends to engage in or has any arrangement or
understanding with any person to participate in the distribution
of the exchange notes to be acquired in the exchange offer, the
holder would not be able to rely on the applicable
interpretations of the SEC and would be required to comply with
the registration requirements of the Securities Act, except for
resales made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction
not subject to, the registration requirement of the Securities
Act and applicable state securities laws.
Expiration
Date; Extensions; Termination; Amendments
The exchange offer expires on the expiration date, which is
9:00 a.m., New York City time, on August 6, 2010
unless we, in our sole discretion, extend the period during
which the exchange offer is open.
We reserve the right to extend the exchange offer at any time
and from time to time prior to the expiration date by giving
written notice to U.S. Bank National Association, the
exchange agent, and by public announcement communicated by no
later than 9:00 a.m. on the next business day following the
previously
27
scheduled expiration date, unless otherwise required by
applicable law or regulation, by making a release to PR Newswire
or other wire service. During any extension of the exchange
offer, all original notes previously tendered will remain
subject to the exchange offer and may be accepted for exchange
by us.
The exchange date will be as soon as practicable following the
expiration date. We expressly reserve the right to:
|
|
|
|
|
terminate the exchange offer and not accept for exchange any
original notes for any reason, including if any of the events
set forth below under Conditions to the
Exchange Offer shall have occurred and shall not have been
waived by us; and
|
|
|
|
amend the terms of the exchange offer in any manner, whether
before or after any tender of the original notes.
|
If any termination or material amendment occurs, we will notify
the exchange agent in writing and will either issue a press
release or give written notice to the holders of the original
notes as promptly as practicable.
Unless we terminate the exchange offer prior to the expiration
date, we will exchange the exchange notes for the tendered
original notes promptly after the expiration date, and will
issue to the exchange agent exchange notes for original notes
validly tendered, not withdrawn and accepted for exchange. Any
original notes not accepted for exchange for any reason will be
returned without expense to the tendering holder promptly after
expiration or termination of the exchange offer. See
Acceptance of Original Notes for
Exchange; Delivery of Exchange Notes.
This prospectus and the accompanying letter of transmittal and
other relevant materials will be mailed by us to record holders
of original notes and will be furnished to brokers, banks and
similar persons whose names, or the names of whose nominees,
appear on the lists of holders for subsequent transmittal to
beneficial owners of original notes.
Procedures
for Tendering Original Notes
The tender of original notes by you pursuant to any one of the
procedures set forth below will constitute an agreement between
you and us in accordance with the terms and subject to the
conditions set forth in this prospectus and in the accompanying
letter of transmittal.
General Procedures. You may tender the
original notes by:
|
|
|
|
|
properly completing and signing the accompanying letter of
transmittal or a facsimile and delivering the letter of
transmittal together with a timely confirmation of a book-entry
transfer of the original notes being tendered, if the procedure
is available, into the exchange agents account at The
Depository Trust Company, or DTC, for that purpose pursuant
to the procedure for book-entry transfer described below, or
|
|
|
|
complying with the guaranteed delivery procedures described
below.
|
A holder may also tender its original notes by means of
DTCs Automated Tender Offer Program (ATOP),
subject to the terms and procedures of that system. If delivery
is made through ATOP, the holder must transmit an agents
message to the exchange agents account at DTC. The term
agents message means a message, transmitted to
DTC and received by the exchange agent and forming a part of a
book-entry transfer, that states that DTC has received an
express acknowledgement that the holder agrees to be bound by
the letter of transmittal and that we may enforce the letter of
transmittal against the holder.
If tendered original notes are registered in the name of the
signer of the accompanying letter of transmittal and the
exchange notes to be issued in exchange for those original notes
are to be issued, or if a new note representing any untendered
original notes is to be issued, in the name of the registered
holder, the signature of the signer need not be guaranteed. In
any other case, the tendered original notes must be endorsed or
accompanied by written instruments of transfer in form
satisfactory to us and duly executed by the registered holder
and the signature on the endorsement or instrument of transfer
must be guaranteed by a
28
commercial bank or trust company located or having an office or
correspondent in the United States or by a member firm of a
national securities exchange or of the National Association of
Securities Dealers, Inc. or by a member of a signature medallion
program such as STAMP. If the exchange notes
and/or
original notes not exchanged are to be delivered to an address
other than that of the registered holder appearing on the note
register for the original notes, the signature on the letter of
transmittal must be guaranteed by an eligible institution.
Any beneficial owner whose original notes are registered in the
name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or
other nominee and who wishes to tender original notes should
contact the registered holder promptly and instruct the
registered holder to tender original notes on the beneficial
owners behalf. If the beneficial owner wishes to tender
the original notes itself, the beneficial owner must, prior to
completing and executing the accompanying letter of transmittal
and delivering the original notes, either make appropriate
arrangements to register ownership of the original notes in the
beneficial owners name or follow the procedures described
in the immediately preceding paragraph. The transfer of record
ownership may take considerable time.
A tender will be deemed to have been received as of the date
when:
|
|
|
|
|
the tendering holders properly completed and duly signed
letter of transmittal accompanied by a book-entry confirmation
is received by the exchange agent; or
|
|
|
|
notice of guaranteed delivery or letter or facsimile
transmission to similar effect from an eligible institution is
received by the exchange agent.
|
Issuances of exchange notes in exchange for original notes
tendered pursuant to a notice of guaranteed delivery or letter
or facsimile transmission to similar effect by an eligible
institution will be made only against deposit of the letter of
transmittal and book-entry confirmation and any other required
documents.
All questions as to the validity, form, eligibility, including
time of receipt, and acceptance for exchange of any tender of
original notes will be determined by us and will be final and
binding. We reserve the absolute right to reject any or all
tenders not in proper form or the acceptances for exchange of
which may, upon advice of our counsel, be unlawful. We also
reserve the absolute right to waive any of the conditions to the
exchange offer or any defects or irregularities in tenders of
any particular holder, whether or not similar defects or
irregularities are waived in the case of other holders. Neither
we, the exchange agent nor any other person will be under any
duty to give notification of any defects or irregularities in
tenders or will incur any liability for failure to give any such
notification. Our interpretation of the terms and conditions of
the exchange offer, including the letter of transmittal and its
instructions, will be final and binding.
The method of delivery of all documents is at the election and
risk of the tendering holders, and delivery will be deemed made
only when actually received and confirmed by the exchange agent.
If the delivery is by mail, it is recommended that registered
mail properly insured with return receipt requested be used and
that the mailing be made sufficiently in advance of the
expiration date to permit delivery to the exchange agent prior
to 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the expiration date.
As an alternative to delivery by mail, holders may wish to
consider overnight or hand delivery service. In all cases,
sufficient time should be allowed to ensure delivery to the
exchange agent prior to 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on
the expiration date. No letter of transmittal or other document
should be sent to us. Beneficial owners may request their
respective brokers, dealers, commercial banks, trust companies
or nominees to effect the above transactions for them.
Book-Entry Transfer. The exchange agent will
make a request to establish an account with respect to the
original notes at DTC for purposes of the exchange offer within
two business days after this prospectus is mailed to holders,
and any financial institution that is a participant in DTC may
make book-entry delivery of original notes by causing DTC to
transfer the original notes into the exchange agents
account at DTC in accordance with DTCs procedures for
transfer.
Guaranteed Delivery Procedures. If the
procedure for book-entry transfer cannot be completed on a
timely basis, a tender may be effected if the exchange agent has
received at its office a letter or facsimile transmission from
an eligible institution setting forth the name and address of
the tendering holder, the names
29
in which the original notes are registered, the principal amount
of the original notes being tendered and stating that the tender
is being made thereby and guaranteeing that within three New
York Stock Exchange trading days after the expiration date a
book-entry confirmation together with a properly completed and
duly executed letter of transmittal and any other required
documents, will be delivered by the eligible institution to the
exchange agent in accordance with the procedures outlined above.
Unless original notes being tendered by the above-described
method are deposited with the exchange agent, including through
a book-entry confirmation, within the time period set forth
above and accompanied or preceded by a properly completed letter
of transmittal and any other required documents, we may, at our
option, reject the tender. Additional copies of a notice of
guaranteed delivery which may be used by eligible institutions
for the purposes described in this paragraph are available from
the exchange agent.
Terms and
Conditions Contained in the Letter of Transmittal
The accompanying letter of transmittal contains, among other
things, the following terms and conditions, which are part of
the exchange offer.
The transferring party tendering original notes for exchange
will be deemed to have exchanged, assigned and transferred the
original notes to us and irrevocably constituted and appointed
the exchange agent as the transferors agent and
attorney-in-fact to cause the original notes to be assigned,
transferred and exchanged. The transferor will be required to
represent and warrant that it has full power and authority to
tender, exchange, assign and transfer the original notes and to
acquire exchange notes issuable upon the exchange of the
tendered original notes and that, when the same are accepted for
exchange, we will acquire good and unencumbered title to the
tendered original notes, free and clear of all liens,
restrictions, other than restrictions on transfer, charges and
encumbrances and that the tendered original notes are not and
will not be subject to any adverse claim. The transferor will be
required to also agree that it will, upon request, execute and
deliver any additional documents deemed by the exchange agent or
us to be necessary or desirable to complete the exchange,
assignment and transfer of tendered original notes. The
transferor will be required to agree that acceptance of any
tendered original notes by us and the issuance of exchange notes
in exchange for tendered original notes will constitute
performance in full by us of our obligations under the
registration rights agreement and that we will have no further
obligations or liabilities under the registration rights
agreement, except in certain limited circumstances. All
authority conferred by the transferor will survive the death,
bankruptcy or incapacity of the transferor and every obligation
of the transferor will be binding upon the heirs, legal
representatives, successors, assigns, executors, administrators
and trustees in bankruptcy of the transferor.
By tendering original notes and executing the accompanying
letter of transmittal, the transferor certifies that:
|
|
|
|
|
it is not an affiliate of ours or our subsidiaries or, if the
transferor is an affiliate of ours or our subsidiaries, it will
comply with the registration and prospectus delivery
requirements of the Securities Act to the extent applicable;
|
|
|
|
the exchange notes are being acquired in the ordinary course of
business of the person receiving the exchange notes, whether or
not the person is the registered holder;
|
|
|
|
the transferor has not entered into an arrangement or
understanding with any other person to participate in the
distribution, within the meaning of the Securities Act, of the
exchange notes;
|
|
|
|
the transferor is not a broker-dealer who purchased the original
notes for resale pursuant to an exemption under the Securities
Act; and
|
|
|
|
the transferor will be able to trade the exchange notes acquired
in the exchange offer without restriction under the Securities
Act.
|
Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own
account in exchange for original notes where such original notes
were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making
activities or other trading activities must acknowledge that it
will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such
exchange notes. See Plan of Distribution.
30
Withdrawal
Rights
Original notes tendered pursuant to the exchange offer may be
withdrawn at any time prior to the expiration date.
For a withdrawal to be effective, a written letter or facsimile
transmission notice of withdrawal must be received by the
exchange agent at its address set forth in the accompanying
letter of transmittal not later than the expiration date. Any
notice of withdrawal must specify the person named in the letter
of transmittal as having tendered original notes to be
withdrawn, the principal amount of original notes to be
withdrawn, that the holder is withdrawing its election to have
such original notes exchanged and the name of the registered
holder of the original notes, and must be signed by the holder
in the same manner as the original signature on the letter of
transmittal, including any required signature guarantees, or be
accompanied by evidence satisfactory to us that the person
withdrawing the tender has succeeded to the ownership of the
original notes being withdrawn. Properly withdrawn original
notes may be retendered by following one of the procedures
described under Procedures for Tendering Original
Notes above at any time on or prior to the expiration
date. Any notice of withdrawal must specify the name and number
of the account at DTC to be credited with the withdrawn original
notes and otherwise comply with the procedures of DTC. All
questions as to the validity of notices of withdrawals,
including time of receipt, will be determined by us, and will be
final and binding on all parties.
Acceptance
of Original Notes for Exchange; Delivery of Exchange
Notes
Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the exchange
offer, the acceptance for exchange of original notes validly
tendered and not withdrawn and the issuance of the exchange
notes will be made on the exchange date. For purposes of the
exchange offer, we will be deemed to have accepted for exchange
validly tendered original notes when and if we have given
written notice to the exchange agent.
The exchange agent will act as agent for the tendering holders
of original notes for the purposes of receiving exchange notes
from us and causing the original notes to be assigned,
transferred and exchanged. Original notes tendered by book-entry
transfer into the exchange agents account at DTC pursuant
to the procedures described above will be credited to an account
maintained by the holder with DTC for the original notes,
promptly after withdrawal, rejection of tender or termination of
the exchange offer.
Conditions
to the Exchange Offer
Notwithstanding any other provision of the exchange offer, or
any extension of the exchange offer, we will not be required to
issue exchange notes in exchange for any properly tendered
original notes not previously accepted and may terminate the
exchange offer, by oral or written notice to the exchange agent
and by timely public announcement communicated, unless otherwise
required by applicable law or regulation, to PR Newswire or
other wire service, or, at our option, modify or otherwise amend
the exchange offer, if, in our reasonable determination:
|
|
|
|
|
there is threatened, instituted or pending any action or
proceeding before, or any injunction, order or decree shall have
been issued by, any court or governmental agency or other
governmental regulatory or administrative agency or of the SEC:
|
|
|
|
seeking to restrain or prohibit the making or consummation of
the exchange offer,
|
|
|
|
assessing or seeking any damages as a result thereof, or
|
|
|
|
resulting in a material delay in our ability to accept for
exchange or exchange some or all of the original notes pursuant
to the exchange offer; or
|
|
|
|
the exchange offer violates any applicable law or any applicable
interpretation of the staff of the SEC.
|
These conditions are for our sole benefit and may be asserted by
us with respect to all or any portion of the exchange offer
regardless of the circumstances, including any action or
inaction by us, giving rise to the condition or may be waived by
us in whole or in part at any time or from time to time in our
sole discretion.
31
The failure by us at any time to exercise any of the foregoing
rights will not be deemed a waiver of any right, and each right
will be deemed an ongoing right that may be asserted at any time
or from time to time. We reserve the right, notwithstanding the
satisfaction of these conditions, to terminate or amend the
exchange offer.
Any determination by us concerning the fulfillment or
non-fulfillment of any conditions will be final and binding upon
all parties.
In addition, we will not accept for exchange any original notes
tendered, and no exchange notes will be issued in exchange for
any original notes, if at such time, any stop order has been
issued or is threatened with respect to the registration
statement of which this prospectus is a part, or with respect to
the qualification of the indenture under which the original
notes were issued under the Trust Indenture Act, as amended.
Exchange
Agent
U.S. Bank National Association has been appointed as the
exchange agent for the exchange offer. Questions relating to the
procedure for tendering, as well as requests for additional
copies of this prospectus, the accompanying letter of
transmittal or a notice of guaranteed delivery, should be
directed to the exchange agent addressed as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
By Registered or Certified Mail, Overnight Courier or Hand
Delivery:
|
|
Facsimile Transmission Number:
|
|
Confirm by Telephone or for Information:
|
U.S. Bank National Association
West Side Flats Operations Center
Attn: Specialized Finance
60 Livingston Avenue
Mail Station EP-MN-WS2N
St. Paul MN
55107-2292
|
|
(651) 495-8158
Attention: Specialized Finance
|
|
(800) 934-6802
|
Delivery of the accompanying letter of transmittal to an address
other than as set forth above, or transmission of instructions
via facsimile other than as set forth above, will not constitute
a valid delivery.
The exchange agent also acts as trustee under the indenture
under which the original notes were issued and the exchange
notes will be issued.
Solicitation
of Tenders; Expenses
We have not retained any dealer-manager or similar agent in
connection with the exchange offer and we will not make any
payments to brokers, dealers or others for soliciting
acceptances of the exchange offer. We will, however, pay the
exchange agent reasonable and customary fees for its services
and will reimburse it for actual and reasonable
out-of-pocket
expenses. The expenses to be incurred in connection with the
exchange offer, including the fees and expenses of the exchange
agent and printing, accounting and legal fees, will be paid by
us.
No person has been authorized to give any information or to make
any representations in connection with the exchange offer other
than those contained in this prospectus. If given or made, the
information or representations should not be relied upon as
having been authorized by us. Neither the delivery of this
prospectus nor any exchange made in the exchange offer will,
under any circumstances, create any implication that there has
been no change in our affairs since the date of this prospectus
or any earlier date as of which information is given in this
prospectus.
The exchange offer is not being made to, nor will tenders be
accepted from or on behalf of, holders of original notes in any
jurisdiction in which the making of the exchange offer or the
acceptance would not be in compliance with the laws of the
jurisdiction. However, we may, at our discretion, take any
action as we may deem necessary to make the exchange offer in
any jurisdiction. In any jurisdiction where its securities laws
or blue sky laws require the exchange offer to be made by a
licensed broker or dealer, the exchange offer is being made on
our behalf by one or more registered brokers or dealers licensed
under the laws of the jurisdiction.
32
Appraisal
Rights
You will not have dissenters rights or appraisal rights in
connection with the exchange offer.
Accounting
Treatment
The exchange notes will be recorded at the carrying value of the
original notes as reflected on our accounting records on the
date of the exchange. Accordingly, no gain or loss for
accounting purposes will be recognized by us upon the exchange
of exchange notes for original notes. Expenses incurred in
connection with the issuance of the exchange notes will be
amortized over the term of the exchange notes.
Transfer
Taxes
If you tender your original notes, you will not be obligated to
pay any transfer taxes in connection with the exchange offer
unless you instruct us to register exchange notes in the name
of, or request original notes not tendered or not accepted in
the exchange offer be returned to, a person other than the
registered holder, in which case you will be responsible for the
payment of any applicable transfer tax.
Income
Tax Considerations
We advise you to consult your own tax advisers as to your
particular circumstances and the effects of any state, local or
foreign tax laws to which you may be subject.
The discussion herein is based upon the provisions of the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and regulations,
rulings and judicial decisions thereunder, in each case as in
effect on the date of this prospectus, all of which are subject
to change.
The exchange of an original note for an exchange note will not
constitute a taxable exchange. The exchange will not result in
taxable income, gain or loss being recognized by you or by us.
Immediately after the exchange, you will have the same adjusted
basis and holding period in each exchange note received as you
had immediately prior to the exchange in the corresponding
original note surrendered. See Certain U.S. Federal
Income Tax Considerations for more information.
Consequences
of Failure to Exchange
As a consequence of the offer or sale of the original notes
pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject
to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act and
applicable state securities laws, holders of original notes who
do not exchange original notes for exchange notes in the
exchange offer will continue to be subject to the restrictions
on transfer of the original notes. In general, the original
notes may not be offered or sold unless such offers and sales
are registered under the Securities Act, or exempt from, or not
subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act
and applicable state securities laws.
Upon completion of the exchange offer, due to the restrictions
on transfer of the original notes and the absence of similar
restrictions applicable to the exchange notes, it is highly
likely that the market, if any, for original notes will be
relatively less liquid than the market for exchange notes.
Consequently, holders of original notes who do not participate
in the exchange offer could experience significant diminution in
the value of their original notes compared to the value of the
exchange notes.
33
RATIO OF
EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended March 31,
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
2010
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
Consolidated ratio of earnings to fixed charges(1)(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.21
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
For purposes of this ratio: |
|
|
|
The term fixed charges means the sum of:
(i) interest expensed and capitalized, (ii) amortized
premiums, discounts and capitalized expenses related to
indebtedness, (iii) an estimate of the interest within
rental expense, and (iv) preference security dividend
requirements. |
|
|
|
The term preference security dividend is the amount
of pre-tax earnings required to pay the dividends on outstanding
preference securities. The dividend requirement is computed as
the amount of the dividend divided by (1 minus the effective
income tax rate applicable to continuing operations). |
|
|
|
The term earnings is the amount resulting from
adding and subtracting the following items. We add the
following: (i) pre-tax income from continuing operations
before adjustment for income or loss from equity investees;
(ii) fixed charges; (iii) amortization of capitalized
interest; (iv) distributed income of equity investees; and
(v) our share of pre-tax losses of equity investees for
which charges arising from guarantees are included in fixed
charges. From the total of the added items, we subtract the
following: (i) interest capitalized; (ii) preference
security dividend requirements of consolidated subsidiaries; and
(iii) the noncontrolling interest in pre-tax income of
subsidiaries that have not incurred fixed charges. Equity
investees are investments that we account for using the equity
method of accounting. |
|
(2) |
|
For the three months ended March 31, 2010 and the years
ended December 31, 2009, 2008, 2007 and 2005, earnings were
inadequate to cover fixed charges by approximately
$15.7 million, $59.9 million, $323.2 million,
$38.2 million and $1.9 million, respectively. |
USE OF
PROCEEDS
The exchange offer is intended to satisfy our obligations under
the registration rights agreement relating to the original
notes. We will not receive any cash proceeds from the issuance
of the exchange notes. In consideration for issuing the exchange
notes as contemplated in this prospectus, we will receive, in
exchange, an equal principal amount of outstanding original
notes. The form and terms of the exchange notes are identical in
all material respects to the form and terms of the original
notes, except with respect to the transfer restrictions and
registration rights and related special interest provisions
relating to the original notes. The original notes surrendered
in exchange for the exchange notes will be retired and cannot be
reissued.
34
CAPITALIZATION
The following table sets forth our actual cash and cash
equivalents and capitalization as of March 31, 2010, and as
adjusted to give effect to the completion of the offering of
original notes and the use of net proceeds therefrom. This table
should be read in conjunction with Selected Consolidated
Financial and Other Data as well as the consolidated
financial statements, and notes thereto, included elsewhere in
this prospectus.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of March 31, 2010
|
|
|
|
Actual
|
|
|
As Adjusted
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in millions)
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
13.7
|
|
|
$
|
12.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term debt (including current maturities):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Senior credit facility:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revolving credit facility(1)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Term loans
|
|
|
789.8
|
|
|
|
489.8
|
|
Long-term accrued facility fee(2)
|
|
|
24.2
|
|
|
|
24.2
|
|
Original notes(3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
365.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term debt (including current portion) and accrued facility
fee
|
|
$
|
814.0
|
|
|
$
|
879.0
|
|
Less current portion of long-term debt
|
|
|
(8.1
|
)
|
|
|
(5.0
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total long-term debt and accrued facility fee
|
|
|
805.9
|
|
|
|
874.0
|
|
Series D perpetual preferred stock (at liquidation value,
including accrued dividends)(4)
|
|
|
123.2
|
|
|
|
47.6
|
|
Total stockholders equity(4)
|
|
|
88.1
|
|
|
|
113.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total capitalization
|
|
$
|
1,017.2
|
|
|
$
|
1,035.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The maximum available borrowing capacity under the revolving
credit facility was $40.0 million as of March 31, 2010. |
|
(2) |
|
Includes $24.2 million of accrued facility fee. Affiliates
of certain of the initial purchasers of the original notes are
lenders under our senior credit facility and, accordingly,
received a portion of the net proceeds from the offering of the
original notes. |
|
(3) |
|
Reflects $365.0 million aggregate principal amount of
original notes, before deducting $7.0 million of
unamortized original issue discount. |
|
(4) |
|
Pursuant to the Exchange Agreement, concurrently with the
completion of the offering of original notes, we issued holders
of our Series D perpetual preferred stock 8.5 million
shares of our common stock, together with $50.0 million in
cash, in exchange for $75.59 million of Series D
perpetual preferred stock, including accrued dividends. |
35
SELECTED
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA
We have derived the following selected consolidated financial
and other data for each of the five years ended
December 31, 2009, 2008, 2007, 2006 and 2005 from our
audited consolidated financial statements. We have derived the
following selected consolidated financial and other data for the
three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009 from our
unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements. The
selected consolidated financial and other data below for each of
the three years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 and
for the three month periods ended March 31, 2010 and 2009
should be read in conjunction with Managements
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations and the consolidated financial statements, and
notes thereto, included elsewhere in this prospectus.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended March 31,
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006(1)
|
|
|
2005(2)
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Statement of Operations Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues (less agency commissions)(3)
|
|
$
|
70,482
|
|
|
$
|
61,354
|
|
|
$
|
270,374
|
|
|
$
|
327,176
|
|
|
$
|
307,288
|
|
|
$
|
332,137
|
|
|
$
|
261,553
|
|
Impairment of goodwill and broadcast licenses(4)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
338,681
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income (loss)
|
|
|
11,940
|
|
|
|
4,766
|
|
|
|
43,079
|
|
|
|
(258,895
|
)
|
|
|
53,376
|
|
|
|
87,991
|
|
|
|
60,861
|
|
Loss on early extinguishment of debt(5)
|
|
|
(349
|
)
|
|
|
(8,352
|
)
|
|
|
(8,352
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(22,853
|
)
|
|
|
(347
|
)
|
|
|
(6,543
|
)
|
(Loss) income from continuing operations
|
|
|
(7,981
|
)
|
|
|
(13,687
|
)
|
|
|
(23,047
|
)
|
|
|
(202,016
|
)
|
|
|
(23,151
|
)
|
|
|
11,711
|
|
|
|
4,604
|
|
Loss from discontinued publishing and wireless operations, net
of income tax of $0, $0, $0, $0, $0, $0 and $3,253
respectively(6)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,242
|
)
|
Net (loss) income
|
|
|
(4,743
|
)
|
|
|
(8,920
|
)
|
|
|
(23,047
|
)
|
|
|
(202,016
|
)
|
|
|
(23,151
|
)
|
|
|
11,711
|
|
|
|
3,362
|
|
Net (loss) income available to common stockholders
|
|
|
(9,294
|
)
|
|
|
(12,971
|
)
|
|
|
(40,166
|
)
|
|
|
(208,609
|
)
|
|
|
(24,777
|
)
|
|
|
8,464
|
|
|
|
(2,286
|
)
|
Net (loss) income from continuing operations available to common
stockholders per common share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
(0.19
|
)
|
|
|
(0.27
|
)
|
|
|
(0.83
|
)
|
|
|
(4.32
|
)
|
|
|
(0.52
|
)
|
|
|
0.17
|
|
|
|
(0.02
|
)
|
Diluted
|
|
|
(0.19
|
)
|
|
|
(0.27
|
)
|
|
|
(0.83
|
)
|
|
|
(4.32
|
)
|
|
|
(0.52
|
)
|
|
|
0.17
|
|
|
|
(0.02
|
)
|
Net (loss) income available to common stockholders per common
share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
(0.19
|
)
|
|
|
(0.27
|
)
|
|
|
(0.83
|
)
|
|
|
(4.32
|
)
|
|
|
(0.52
|
)
|
|
|
0.17
|
|
|
|
(0.05
|
)
|
Diluted
|
|
|
(0.19
|
)
|
|
|
(0.27
|
)
|
|
|
(0.83
|
)
|
|
|
(4.32
|
)
|
|
|
(0.52
|
)
|
|
|
0.17
|
|
|
|
(0.05
|
)
|
Cash dividends declared per common share(7)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.09
|
|
|
|
0.12
|
|
|
|
0.12
|
|
|
|
0.12
|
|
Balance Sheet Data (at end of period):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
1,235,815
|
|
|
$
|
1,248,442
|
|
|
$
|
1,245,739
|
|
|
$
|
1,278,265
|
|
|
$
|
1,625,969
|
|
|
$
|
1,628,287
|
|
|
$
|
1,525,054
|
|
Long-term debt (including current portion)
|
|
|
789,789
|
|
|
|
798,359
|
|
|
|
791,809
|
|
|
|
800,380
|
|
|
|
925,000
|
|
|
|
851,654
|
|
|
|
792,509
|
|
Long-term accrued facility fee(8)
|
|
|
24,245
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18,307
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Redeemable preferred stock(9)
|
|
|
93,687
|
|
|
|
92,484
|
|
|
|
93,386
|
|
|
|
92,183
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
37,451
|
|
|
|
39,090
|
|
Total stockholders equity
|
|
|
88,140
|
|
|
|
107,154
|
|
|
|
93,620
|
|
|
|
117,107
|
|
|
|
337,845
|
|
|
|
379,754
|
|
|
|
380,996
|
|
Other Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(10)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.21
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Reflects the acquisition of
WNDU-TV on
March 3, 2006 as of the acquisition date. For further
information concerning this acquisition, see
Business included elsewhere in this prospectus. |
36
|
|
|
(2) |
|
Reflects the acquisitions of
KKCO-TV on
January 31, 2005,
WSWG-TV on
November 10, 2005 and
WSAZ-TV on
November 30, 2005, as of their respective acquisition dates. |
|
(3) |
|
Our revenues fluctuate significantly between years, consistent
with, among other things, increased political advertising
expenditures in even-numbered years. |
|
(4) |
|
As of December 31, 2008, we recorded a non-cash impairment
expense of $338.7 million resulting from a write down of
$98.6 million in the carrying value of our goodwill and a
write down of $240.1 million in the carrying value of our
broadcast licenses. The write-down of our goodwill and broadcast
licenses related to seven stations and 23 stations,
respectively. As of this testing date, we believe events had
occurred and circumstances changed that more likely than not
reduce the fair value of our broadcast licenses and goodwill
below their carrying amounts. These events which accelerated in
the fourth quarter of 2008 included: (i) the continued
decline of the price of our common stock and Class A common
stock; (ii) the decline in the current selling prices of
television stations; (iii) the decline in local and
national advertising revenues excluding political advertising
revenue; and (iv) the decline in the operating profit
margins of some of our stations. |
|
(5) |
|
In 2010 and 2009, we recorded a loss on early extinguishment of
debt related to an amendment of our senior credit facility. In
2007, we recorded a loss on early extinguishment of debt related
to a refinancing of our senior credit facility and the
redemption of our 9.25% Notes. In 2006, we recorded a loss
on early extinguishment of debt related to the repurchase of a
portion of our 9.25% Notes. In 2005, we recorded a loss on
early extinguishment of debt related to two amendments to our
then existing senior credit facility and the repurchase of a
portion of our 9.25% Notes. |
|
(6) |
|
On December 30, 2005, we completed (i) the
contribution of all of our membership interests in Gray
Publishing, LLC, which included our Gray Publishing and Graylink
Wireless businesses and certain other assets, to Triple Crown
Media, Inc. (TCM) and (ii) the spinoff of all
the common stock of TCM to our shareholders. The selected
financial information for 2005 reflects the reclassification of
the results of operations of those businesses as discontinued
operations, net of income tax. |
|
(7) |
|
Cash dividends for 2007 and 2006 include a cash dividend of
$0.03 per share approved in the fourth quarters of 2007 and
2006, respectively, and paid in the first quarters of 2008 and
2007, respectively. |
|
(8) |
|
On March 31, 2009, we amended our senior credit facility.
Effective on that date, we began to incur an annual facility fee
equal to 3% multiplied by the outstanding balance under our
senior credit facility. See Note 3. Long-term Debt
and Accrued Facility Fee of our notes to our audited
consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this
prospectus for further information regarding our accrued
facility fee. |
|
(9) |
|
On June 26, 2008, we issued 750 shares of
Series D perpetual preferred stock and on July 15,
2008, we issued an additional 250 shares of our
Series D perpetual preferred stock. We generated net cash
proceeds from such issuances of approximately
$91.6 million, after a 5.0% original issue discount,
transaction fees and expenses. The Series D perpetual
preferred stock has a liquidation value of $100,000 per share,
for a total liquidation value of $100.0 million. The
$8.4 million of original issue discount, transaction fees
and expenses is being accreted over a seven-year period ending
June 30, 2015. |
|
|
|
On May 22, 2007, we redeemed all outstanding shares of our
Series C preferred stock. |
|
|
|
Amounts exclude unamortized original issuance costs and accrued
and unpaid dividends. Such costs and dividends aggregated
$29.5 million, $14.3 million, $25.5 million and
$10.8 million as of March 31, 2010, March 31,
2009, December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008,
respectively. |
|
(10) |
|
For purposes of this ratio: |
|
|
|
The term fixed charges means the sum of:
(i) interest expensed and capitalized, (ii) amortized
premiums, discounts and capitalized expenses related to
indebtedness, (iii) an estimate of the interest within
rental expense, and (iv) preference security dividend
requirements. |
|
|
|
The term preference security dividend is the amount
of pre-tax earnings required to pay the dividends on outstanding
preference securities. The dividend requirement is computed as
the amount of the dividend divided by (1 minus the effective
income tax rate applicable to continuing operations). |
37
|
|
|
|
|
The term earnings is the amount resulting from
adding and subtracting the following items. We add the
following: (i) pre-tax income from continuing operations
before adjustment for income or loss from equity investees;
(ii) fixed charges; (iii) amortization of capitalized
interest; (iv) distributed income of equity investees; and
(v) our share of pre-tax losses of equity investees for
which charges arising from guarantees are included in fixed
charges. From the total of the added items, we subtract the
following: (i) interest capitalized; (ii) preference
security dividend requirements of consolidated subsidiaries; and
(iii) the noncontrolling interest in pre-tax income of
subsidiaries that have not incurred fixed charges. Equity
investees are investments that we account for using the equity
method of accounting. |
|
|
|
For the three months ended March 31, 2010 and the years
ended December 31, 2009, 2008, 2007 and 2005, earnings were
inadequate to cover fixed charges by approximately
$15.7 million, $59.9 million, $323.2 million,
$38.2 million and $1.9 million, respectively. |
38
MANAGEMENTS
DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Executive
Overview
Introduction
The following analysis of the financial condition and results of
operations of Gray Television, Inc. (we,
us, or our) should be read in
conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements
and unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements, and
notes thereto, included elsewhere herein.
Overview
We are a television broadcast company operating 36 television
stations serving 30 markets. Seventeen of our stations are
affiliated with CBS Inc. (CBS), ten are affiliated
with the National Broadcasting Corporation, Inc.
(NBC), eight are affiliated with the American
Broadcasting Corporation (ABC), and one is
affiliated with FOX Entertainment Group, Inc. (FOX).
Our 17 CBS-affiliated stations make us the largest independent
owner of CBS affiliates in the United States. In addition, we
currently operate 39 digital second channels including one
affiliated with ABC, four affiliated with FOX, seven affiliated
with CW, 18 affiliated with Twentieth Television, Inc.
(MyNetworkTV), two affiliated with Universal Sports
Network and seven local news/weather channels in certain of our
existing markets. We created our digital second channels to
better utilize our excess broadcast spectrum. The digital second
channels are similar to our primary broadcast channels; however,
our digital second channels are affiliated with networks
different from those affiliated with our primary broadcast
channels. Our combined TV station group reaches approximately
6.3% of total United States households.
Our operating revenues are derived primarily from broadcast and
internet advertising and from other sources such as production
of commercials, tower rentals, retransmission consent fees and
management fees.
Broadcast advertising is sold for placement either preceding or
following a television stations network programming and
within local and syndicated programming. Broadcast advertising
is sold in time increments and is priced primarily on the basis
of a programs popularity among the specific audience an
advertiser desires to reach, as measured by Nielsen. In
addition, broadcast advertising rates are affected by the number
of advertisers competing for the available time, the size and
demographic makeup of the market served by the station and the
availability of alternative advertising media in the market
area. Broadcast advertising rates are the highest during the
most desirable viewing hours, with corresponding reductions
during other hours. The ratings of a local station affiliated
with a major network can be affected by ratings of network
programming.
We sell internet advertising on our stations websites.
These advertisements are sold as banner advertisements on the
websites, pre-roll advertisements or video and other types of
advertisements.
Most advertising contracts are short-term and generally run only
for a few weeks. Approximately 66% of the net revenues of our
television stations for the three months ended March 31,
2010 were generated from local advertising (including political
advertising revenues), which is sold primarily by a
stations sales staff directly to local accounts, and the
remainder was represented primarily by national advertising,
which is sold by a stations national advertising sales
representatives. The stations generally pay commissions to
advertising agencies on local, regional and national advertising
and the stations also pay commissions to the national sales
representatives on national advertising.
Broadcast advertising revenues are generally highest in the
second and fourth quarters each year, due in part to increases
in advertising in the spring and in the period leading up to and
including the holiday season. In addition, broadcast advertising
revenues are generally higher during even numbered years due to
increased spending by political candidates and special interest
groups in advance of upcoming elections, which spending
typically is heaviest during the fourth quarter of such years.
39
Our primary broadcast operating expenses are employee
compensation, related benefits and programming costs. In
addition, broadcasting operations incur overhead expenses, such
as maintenance, supplies, insurance, rent and utilities. A large
portion of our operating expenses for broadcasting operations is
fixed.
During the recent economic recession, many of our advertising
customers have reduced their advertising spending, which has in
turn reduced our revenue. Specifically, automotive dealers and
manufacturers, which have traditionally accounted for a
significant portion of our revenues have suffered
disproportionately during the recent recession and have
therefore, significantly reduced their advertising expenditures,
which has further negatively impacted our revenues. Our revenues
have also come under pressure from the internet as a competitor
for advertising spending. We continue to enhance and market our
internet websites in order to generate additional revenue.
Revenue
Set forth below are the principal types of revenue, less agency
commissions, earned by us for the periods indicated and the
percentage contribution of each to our total revenues (dollars
in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended March 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percent of
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percent of
|
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Revenues:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Local
|
|
$
|
43,511
|
|
|
|
61.7
|
%
|
|
$
|
39,286
|
|
|
|
64.0
|
%
|
National
|
|
|
13,951
|
|
|
|
19.8
|
%
|
|
|
12,875
|
|
|
|
21.0
|
%
|
Internet
|
|
|
3,072
|
|
|
|
4.4
|
%
|
|
|
2,564
|
|
|
|
4.2
|
%
|
Political
|
|
|
2,783
|
|
|
|
3.9
|
%
|
|
|
1,009
|
|
|
|
1.6
|
%
|
Retransmission consent
|
|
|
4,639
|
|
|
|
6.6
|
%
|
|
|
3,640
|
|
|
|
5.9
|
%
|
Production and other
|
|
|
1,932
|
|
|
|
2.7
|
%
|
|
|
1,842
|
|
|
|
3.0
|
%
|
Network compensation
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
%
|
|
|
138
|
|
|
|
0.3
|
%
|
Consulting revenue
|
|
|
550
|
|
|
|
0.8
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
70,482
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
$
|
61,354
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year End December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percent of
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percent of
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percent of
|
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Revenues:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Local
|
|
$
|
170,813
|
|
|
|
63.2
|
%
|
|
$
|
186,492
|
|
|
|
57.0
|
%
|
|
$
|
200,686
|
|
|
|
65.3
|
%
|
National
|
|
|
53,892
|
|
|
|
19.9
|
%
|
|
|
68,417
|
|
|
|
20.9
|
%
|
|
|
77,365
|
|
|
|
25.2
|
%
|
Internet
|
|
|
11,413
|
|
|
|
4.2
|
%
|
|
|
11,859
|
|
|
|
3.6
|
%
|
|
|
9,506
|
|
|
|
3.1
|
%
|
Political
|
|
|
9,976
|
|
|
|
3.7
|
%
|
|
|
48,455
|
|
|
|
14.8
|
%
|
|
|
7,808
|
|
|
|
2.5
|
%
|
Retransmission consent
|
|
|
15,645
|
|
|
|
5.8
|
%
|
|
|
3,046
|
|
|
|
0.9
|
%
|
|
|
2,436
|
|
|
|
0.8
|
%
|
Production and other
|
|
|
7,119
|
|
|
|
2.6
|
%
|
|
|
8,155
|
|
|
|
2.5
|
%
|
|
|
8,719
|
|
|
|
2.8
|
%
|
Network compensation
|
|
|
653
|
|
|
|
0.2
|
%
|
|
|
752
|
|
|
|
0.3
|
%
|
|
|
768
|
|
|
|
0.3
|
%
|
Consulting revenue
|
|
|
863
|
|
|
|
0.4
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
270,374
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
$
|
327,176
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
$
|
307,288
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
40
Risk
Factors
The broadcast television industry relies primarily on
advertising revenues and faces increased competition. For a
discussion of certain other presently known, significant factors
that may affect our business, see Risk Factors.
Results
of Operations
Three Months Ended March 31, 2010 (2010 three
month period) Compared To Three Months Ended
March 31, 2009 (2009 three month period)
Revenue
Total revenues increased $9.1 million, or 15%, to
$70.5 million in the 2010 three month period reflecting
increased local, national, internet and political advertising
revenue, retransmission revenue and other revenue, partially
offset by decreased network compensation revenues. Local
advertising revenue increased $4.2 million, or 11%, to
$43.5 million and national advertising revenue increased
$1.1 million, or 8%, to $14.0 million. Internet
advertising revenues increased $0.5 million, or 20%, to
$3.1 million. Local, national and internet advertising
revenue increased due to increased spending by advertisers in an
improving economic environment. Political advertising revenues
increased $1.8 million, or 176%, to $2.8 million
reflecting increased advertising from political candidates and
special interest groups. Net advertising revenue associated with
the broadcast of the 2010 Super Bowl on our seventeen
CBS-affiliated stations approximated $860,000 which was an
increase from our approximately $750,000 of Super Bowl revenues
earned in 2009 on our ten NBC-affiliated stations. In addition,
the 2010 three month period benefited from approximately
$2.8 million of net revenues earned from the broadcast of
the 2010 Winter Olympic Games on our NBC-affiliated stations.
There was no corresponding broadcast of Olympic Games during the
2009 three month period.
Advertising from the automotive sector improved significantly,
increasing by 43% in the 2010 three month period when compared
to the 2009 three month period. Other categories demonstrating
significant improvement in advertising revenues during the 2010
three month period compared to the 2009 three month period were:
supermarkets, increasing 27%; financial and insurance services,
increasing 23%; medical services, increasing 16%; and legal
services, increasing 15%. Retransmission revenue increased
$1.0 million, or 27%, to $4.6 million due to the
improved terms of our retransmission contracts compared to those
of the 2009 three month period. We earned consulting revenue of
$0.6 million due to our agreement with Young Broadcasting,
Inc.
Broadcast
Expenses
Broadcast expenses (before depreciation, amortization and gain
on disposal of assets, net) increased $1.9 million, or 4%,
to $47.6 million in the 2010 three month period, due
primarily to increases in compensation expense of
$1.4 million and non-compensation expense of
$0.5 million. Compensation expense increased primarily due
to increases in sales incentive compensation of
$0.7 million due to the increase in net advertising revenue
discussed above and an increase in pension expense of
$0.3 million. As of March 31, 2010 and 2009, we
employed 2,172 and 2,218 full and part-time employees,
respectively, in our broadcast operations. Since
December 31, 2007, we have decreased the total number of
employees in our broadcast operations by 253 persons, a
decrease of 10.4%. Non-compensation related expenses increased
primarily due to an increase in sales related costs of
$0.5 million, which were attributable to the increased net
advertising revenue discussed above. The increase in sales
related costs were partially offset by a decrease in electricity
expenses due to the discontinuance of our analog broadcasts.
Corporate
and Administrative Expenses
Corporate and administrative expenses (before depreciation,
amortization and gain on disposal of assets, net) decreased
$1.1 million, or 28%, to $2.9 million. The decrease in
corporate and administrative expenses was due primarily to
decreased compensation and legal expenses. Compensation expense
decreased due to a decrease in relocation expenses of
$0.4 million and non-cash stock-based compensation of
$0.2 million. We incurred expenses related to the
relocation of several general managers during the 2009 three
month period
41
due to routine personnel changes. We did not have similar
expenses in the 2010 three month period. During the 2010 three
month period and the 2009 three month period, we recorded
non-cash stock-based compensation expense of $155,000 and
$353,000, respectively. We incurred higher legal fees during the
2009 three month period due to our renegotiation of many of our
retransmission consent contracts. These negotiations were
largely completed in 2009 and, as a result, our legal fees
decreased $0.3 million in the 2010 three month period
compared to the 2009 three month period.
Depreciation
Depreciation of property and equipment totaled $8.0 million
and $8.3 million for the 2010 three month period and the
2009 three month period, respectively. The decrease in
depreciation was the result of reduced capital expenditures in
recent years compared to that of prior years.
Gain on
Disposal of Assets, net
Gain on disposal of assets, net decreased $1.5 million
during the 2010 three month period as compared to 2009 three
month period. The Federal Communications Commission (the
FCC) has mandated that all broadcasters operating
microwave facilities on certain frequencies in the 2 GHz
band relocate to other frequencies and upgrade their equipment.
The spectrum being vacated by broadcasters has been reallocated
to third parties who, as part of the overall FCC-mandated
spectrum reallocation project, must provide affected
broadcasters with new digital microwave replacement equipment at
no cost to the broadcaster and also reimburse them for certain
associated
out-of-pocket
expenses. During the three month periods ended March 31,
2010 and 2009, we recognized gains of $0.1 million and
$1.6 million, respectively, on the disposal of assets
associated with this spectrum reallocation project.
Interest
Expense
Interest expense increased $9.5 million, or 94%, to
$19.6 million for the 2010 three month period compared to
the 2009 three month period. This increase was attributable to
an increase in average interest rates, partially offset by a
decrease in average principal outstanding. Average interest
rates have increased due to our amendment of our senior credit
facility on March 31, 2009. This amendment included an
increase in annual interest rates from the London Interbank
Offered Rate (LIBOR) plus 1.5% to LIBOR plus 6.5%.
Our debt balance decreased as a result of scheduled quarterly
principal repayments. Our average outstanding debt balance was
$791.1 million and $799.7 million during the 2010
three month period and the 2009 three month period,
respectively. The average interest rates on our total
outstanding debt balances was 9.8% and 4.9% during the 2010
three month period and the 2009 three month period,
respectively. These interest rates include the effects of our
interest rate swap agreements.
Loss from
Early Extinguishment of Debt
On March 31, 2010, we amended our senior credit facility.
In order to obtain this amendment, we incurred loan issuance
costs of approximately $4.4 million, including legal and
professional fees. These fees were funded from our cash
balances. In connection with this transaction, we reported a
loss from early extinguishment of debt of $0.3 million in
the 2010 three month period. Also, on March 31, 2009, we
amended our senior credit facility. In order to obtain this
amendment, we incurred loan issuance costs of approximately
$7.5 million, including legal and professional fees. These
fees were also funded from our cash balances. In connection with
this transaction, we reported a loss on early extinguishment of
debt of $8.4 million in the 2009 three month period.
42
Income
Tax Benefit
For the three month periods ended March 31, 2010 and 2009,
our effective tax rates were 40.6% and 34.8%, respectively. Our
effective tax rates differ from the statutory tax rate due to
the impact of the following items:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended March 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Statutory federal income tax rate
|
|
|
35.0
|
%
|
|
|
35.0
|
%
|
State income taxes
|
|
|
6.0
|
%
|
|
|
0.9
|
%
|
Reserve for uncertain tax positions
|
|
|
(4.2
|
)%
|
|
|
1.0
|
%
|
Adjustments to valuation allowance of deferred tax assets
|
|
|
2.2
|
%
|
|
|
(1.6
|
)%
|
Other
|
|
|
1.6
|
%
|
|
|
(0.5
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effective income tax rate
|
|
|
40.6
|
%
|
|
|
34.8
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax benefit
|
|
$
|
(3,238
|
)
|
|
$
|
(4,767
|
)
|
Year
ended December 31, 2009 Compared to Year Ended
December 31, 2008
Revenue
Total revenues decreased $56.8 million, or 17%, to
$270.4 million due primarily to decreased local, national,
political and internet advertising revenue, decreased network
compensation revenue and decreased production and other revenue.
These decreases were partially offset by increased
retransmission consent revenue and consulting revenue in the
year ended December 31, 2009. Retransmission consent
revenue increased $12.6 million, or 414%, to
$15.6 million reflecting the more profitable terms of our
current contracts that we finalized earlier in 2009. Consulting
revenue increased to $0.9 million for the year ended
December 31, 2009 due to revenue from an agreement with
Young Broadcasting, Inc. that was effective August 10,
2009. Local advertising revenues, excluding political
advertising revenues, decreased $15.7 million, or 8%, to
$170.8 million. National advertising revenues, excluding
political advertising revenues, decreased $14.5 million, or
21%, to $53.9 million. The decrease in local and national
advertising revenue was due to reduced spending by advertisers
in the continued recessionary economic environment. Our
automotive advertising revenue decreased approximately 31%
compared to the prior year. In addition, during the year ended
December 31, 2008, we earned a total of $3.4 million
of net revenue from local and national advertisers during the
broadcast of the 2008 Summer Olympics on our ten NBC stations.
There were no Olympic Game broadcasts during 2009. The negative
effects of the recession were partially offset by increased
advertising during the 2009 Super Bowl. Net advertising revenue
associated with the broadcast of the 2009 Super Bowl on our ten
NBC affiliated stations approximated $750,000, which was an
increase from the approximate $130,000 of Super Bowl revenue
earned in 2008 on our then six Fox affiliated channels.
Political advertising revenues decreased $38.5 million, or
79%, to $10.0 million reflecting reduced advertising from
political candidates during the off year of the
two-year political advertising cycle. However, we did recognize
political advertising revenue in the three months ended
December 31, 2009 related to increased spending on the
national healthcare debate.
Broadcast
expenses
Broadcast expenses (before depreciation, amortization,
impairment expense and gain on disposal of assets) decreased
$12.0 million, or 6%, to $187.6 million due primarily
to a reduction in compensation expense of $3.4 million,
professional service expense of $2.2 million, facility fees
of $1.1 million, bad debt expense of $0.9 million and
syndicated programming expense of $1.1 million.
Compensation expenses included payroll and benefit expenses.
Payroll expense decreased primarily due to a reduction in the
number of employees and reduced commissions. As of
December 31, 2009 and 2008, we employed 2,184 and 2,253
total employees in our broadcast operations which included
full-time and part-time employees. This reduction in total
employees is a decrease of 3.1% or 69 total employees. Since
December 31, 2007, we have reduced our total number of
employees by 241, or 9.9%. Our reduction in payroll expense
resulting from the reduced
43
number of employees was partially offset by an increase in
pension expense of $1.9 million. Pension expense increased
due to the use of a lower discount rate in 2009 compared to the
discount rate used to calculate the 2008 pension expense and due
to the performance of our pension plans assets in 2009 and
2008. Professional service expense decreased primarily due to
lower national representation fees, which are paid based upon a
percentage of our national and political revenue, both of which
decreased as discussed above. Facility fees decreased primarily
due to lower electricity expense resulting from the
discontinuance of our analog broadcasts. Bad debt expense
improved due to an improvement in the average age of our
accounts receivable balances. Syndicated programming expense
decreased primarily due to a lower impairment expense in the
current year compared to the prior year. We recorded impairment
expenses related to our syndicated television programming during
the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 of
$0.2 million and $0.6 million, respectively.
Corporate
and administrative expenses
Corporate and administrative expenses (before depreciation,
amortization, impairment and (gain) loss on disposal of assets)
increased $0.1 million, or 1%, to $14.2 million during
the year ended December 31, 2009. The increase was due
primarily to an increase in pension expense of
$0.2 million, an increase in relocation expense of
$0.2 million and an increase in legal expense of
$0.5 million. These increases were partially offset by a
decrease in market research expense of $0.6 million and
severance expense of $0.1 million. We currently believe the
relocation cost incurred in 2009 will not recur in future years
to the same extent as 2009. Also, approximately
$0.4 million of the increased legal costs were attributable
to the negotiation and documentation of our new retransmission
consent agreements, and such costs are currently not anticipated
to recur in future periods to the same extent. Corporate and
administrative expenses included non-cash stock-based
compensation expense during the years ended 2009 and 2008 of
$1.4 million and $1.5 million, respectively.
Depreciation
Depreciation of property and equipment totaled
$32.6 million and $34.6 million for 2009 and 2008,
respectively. The decrease in depreciation was the result of
reduced capital expenditures in recent years compared to that of
prior years. As a result, more assets acquired in prior years
have become fully depreciated than were purchased in recent
years.
Amortization
of intangible assets
Amortization of intangible assets was $0.6 million for 2009
as compared to $0.8 million for 2008. Amortization expense
decreased in the current year compared to that of the prior year
as a result of certain assets becoming fully amortized in the
current year.
Impairment
of goodwill and broadcast licenses
As of December 31, 2009, we evaluated the recorded value of
our goodwill and broadcast licenses for potential impairment and
concluded that they were reasonably stated. As a result, we did
not record an impairment expense for 2009. As of
December 31, 2008, we recorded a non-cash impairment
expense of $338.7 million resulting from a write-down of
$98.6 million in the carrying value of our goodwill and a
write down of $240.1 million in the carrying value of our
broadcast licenses. The write-down of our goodwill and broadcast
licenses related to seven stations and 23 stations,
respectively. As of this testing date, we believed events had
occurred and circumstances changed that more likely than not
reduce the fair value of our broadcast licenses and goodwill
below their carrying amounts. These events, which accelerated in
the fourth quarter of 2008, included: (i) the continued
decline of the price of our common stock and Class A common
stock; (ii) the decline in the current selling prices of
television stations; (iii) the decline in local and
national advertising revenues excluding political advertising
revenue; and (iv) the decline in the operating profit
margins of some of our stations.
44
Gain or
loss on disposal of assets
Gain on disposal of assets increased $6.0 million, or 367%,
to $7.6 million during 2009 as compared to 2008. The FCC
has mandated that all broadcasters operating microwave
facilities on certain frequencies in the 2 GHz band
relocate to other frequencies and upgrade their equipment. The
spectrum being vacated by these broadcasters has been
reallocated to third parties who, as part of the overall
FCC-mandated spectrum reallocation project, must provide
affected broadcasters with new digital microwave replacement
equipment at no cost to the broadcaster and also reimburse those
broadcasters for certain associated
out-of-pocket
expenses. During 2009 and 2008, we recognized gains of
$9.2 million and $2.2 million, respectively, on the
disposal of equipment associated with the spectrum reallocation
project. The gains from the spectrum reallocation project were
partially offset by losses on disposals of equipment in the
ordinary course of business.
Interest
expense
Interest expense increased $15.0 million, or 28%, to
$69.1 million for 2009 compared to 2008. This increase is
due to the net effect of higher average interest rates and lower
principal balances in 2009 compared to 2008. The average
interest rates were 8.4% and 5.9% for 2009 and 2008,
respectively. The total average principal balance was
$796.4 million and $868.3 million for 2009 and 2008,
respectively. These average interest rates and average principal
balances are for the respective period and not the respective
ending balance sheet dates. The average interest rates include
the effects of our interest rate swap agreements.
Loss from
early extinguishment of debt
On March 31, 2009, we amended our senior credit facility.
To obtain this amendment, we incurred loan issuance costs of
approximately $7.4 million, including legal and
professional fees. These fees were funded from our existing cash
balances. In connection with this transaction, we reported a
loss on early extinguishment of debt of $8.4 million for
2009. There was no comparable loss in 2008.
Income
tax expense or benefit
The effective tax rate decreased to 32.8% for 2009 from 35.5%
for 2008. The effective tax rates differ from the statutory rate
due to the following items:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Statutory federal income tax rate
|
|
|
35.0
|
%
|
|
|
35.0
|
%
|
State income taxes
|
|
|
2.6
|
%
|
|
|
3.7
|
%
|
Change in valuation allowance
|
|
|
(4.5
|
)%
|
|
|
0.1
|
%
|
Reserve for uncertain tax positions
|
|
|
1.1
|
%
|
|
|
(0.2
|
)%
|
Goodwill impairment
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
|
|
(3.0
|
)%
|
Other
|
|
|
(1.4
|
)%
|
|
|
(0.1
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effective income tax rate
|
|
|
32.8
|
%
|
|
|
35.5
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year
Ended December 31, 2008 Compared to Year Ended
December 31, 2007
Revenue
Total revenues increased $19.9 million, or 6%, to
$327.2 million reflecting increased cyclical political
advertising revenues. Political advertising revenues increased
$40.7 million, or 521%, to $48.5 million reflecting
the cyclical influence of the 2008 elections. Local advertising
revenues, excluding political advertising revenues, decreased
$14.2 million, or 7%, to $186.5 million. National
advertising revenues, excluding political advertising revenues,
decreased $9.0 million, or 12%, to $68.4 million.
Internet advertising revenues, excluding political advertising
revenues, increased $2.4 million, or 25%, to
$11.9 million reflecting increased website traffic and
internet sales initiatives in each of our markets. The increase
in political advertising revenue reflects increased advertising
from political candidates in the 2008 primary and general
45
elections. Spending on political advertising was the strongest
at our stations in Colorado, West Virginia, Wisconsin, Michigan
and North Carolina, accounting for a significant portion of the
total political net revenue for 2008. The decrease in local and
national revenue was largely due to the general weakness in the
economy and due to the change in networks broadcasting the Super
Bowl. During 2008, we earned approximately $130,000 of net
revenue relating to the 2008 Super Bowl broadcast on our six FOX
channels compared to approximately $750,000 of net revenue
relating to the 2007 Super Bowl broadcast on our 17 CBS channels
during 2007. The decrease in local and national revenue was
offset in part by $3.4 million of net revenue earned during
2008 attributable to the broadcast of the 2008 Summer Olympics
on our ten NBC stations.
Broadcast
expenses
Broadcast expenses (before depreciation, amortization,
impairment expense and (gain) loss on disposal of assets)
decreased $0.1 million, or approximately 0%, to
$199.6 million. This modest decrease primarily reflected
the impact of increased national sales representative
commissions on the incremental political advertising revenues
and increased syndicated programming expenses offset partially
by decreases in payroll and other operating expenses. We
recorded an impairment expense related to our syndicated
television programming of $0.6 million in 2008. Employee
payroll and related expenses decreased due to a reduction in our
number of employees in 2008 compared to 2007. As of
December 31, 2008 and 2007, we employed 2,253 and 2,425
total employees in our broadcast operations, which included
full-time and part-time employees. This reduction in total
employees was a decrease of 7.1% or 172 total employees.
Corporate
and administrative expenses
Corporate and administrative expenses (before depreciation,
amortization, impairment and (gain) loss on disposal of assets)
decreased $1.0 million, or 7%, to $14.1 million.
During 2008, corporate payroll expenses decreased by $950,000
compared to 2007, due primarily to a decrease in incentive-based
compensation. Corporate and administrative expenses included
non-cash stock-based compensation expense during the years ended
2008 and 2007 of $1.5 million and $1.2 million,
respectively.
Depreciation
Depreciation of property and equipment totaled
$34.6 million and $38.6 million for 2008 and 2007,
respectively. The decrease in depreciation was the result of a
large proportion of our stations equipment, which was
acquired in 2002, becoming fully depreciated.
Amortization
of intangible assets
Amortization of intangible assets was $0.8 million for each
of 2008 and 2007. Amortization expense remained consistent to
that of the prior year as a result of no acquisitions or
disposals of definite-lived intangible assets in 2008.
Impairment
of goodwill and broadcast licenses
During 2008, we recorded a non-cash impairment expense of
$338.7 million resulting from a write-down of
$98.6 million in the carrying value of our goodwill and a
write down of $240.1 million in the carrying value of our
broadcast licenses. The write-down of our goodwill and broadcast
licenses related to seven stations and 23 stations,
respectively. We tested our unamortized intangible assets for
impairment at December 31, 2008. As of the testing date, we
believe events had occurred and circumstances changed that more
likely than not reduce the fair value of our broadcast licenses
and goodwill below their carrying amounts. These events, which
accelerated in the fourth quarter of 2008, included:
(i) the continued decline of the price of our common stock
and Class A common stock; (ii) the decline in the
current selling prices of television stations; (iii) the
decline in local and national advertising revenues excluding
political advertising revenue; and (iv) the decline in the
operating profit margins of some of our stations.
46
Interest
expense
Interest expense decreased $13.1 million, or 20%, to
$54.1 million for 2008 compared to 2007. This decrease was
primarily attributable to lower average principal balances in
2008 compared to 2007 and lower average interest rates. The
total average principal balance was $868.3 million and
$913.0 million for 2008 and 2007, respectively. The average
interest rates were 5.9% and 7.1% for 2008 and 2007,
respectively. These average principal balances and interest
rates were for the respective period and not the respective
ending balance sheet dates. The average interest rates include
the effects of our interest rate swap agreements.
Loss on
Early Extinguishment of Debt
In 2007, we replaced our former senior credit facility with a
new senior credit facility and redeemed our 9.25% Notes. As
a result of these transactions, we recorded a loss on early
extinguishment of debt of $6.5 million related to the
senior credit facility and $16.4 million related to the
redemption of the 9.25% Notes. The loss related to the
redemption of the 9.25% Notes included $11.8 million
in premiums, the write-off of $4.0 million in deferred
financing costs and $614,000 in unamortized bond discount.
Income
tax expense or benefit
The effective tax rate increased to 35.5% for 2008 from 35.1%
for 2007. The effective tax rates differ from the statutory rate
due to the following items:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Statutory federal income tax rate
|
|
|
35.0
|
%
|
|
|
35.0
|
%
|
State income taxes
|
|
|
3.7
|
%
|
|
|
4.1
|
%
|
Change in valuation allowance
|
|
|
0.1
|
%
|
|
|
(1.2
|
)%
|
Reserve for uncertain tax positions
|
|
|
(0.2
|
)%
|
|
|
(2.8
|
)%
|
Goodwill impairment
|
|
|
(3.0
|
)%
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
Other
|
|
|
(0.1
|
)%
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effective income tax rate
|
|
|
35.5
|
%
|
|
|
35.1
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liquidity
and Capital Resources
General
The following table presents data that we believe is helpful in
evaluating our liquidity and capital resources (in thousands).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
|
|
$
|
6,986
|
|
|
$
|
(1,296
|
)
|
Net cash used in investing activities
|
|
|
(3,185
|
)
|
|
|
(5,469
|
)
|
Net cash used in financing activities
|
|
|
(6,137
|
)
|
|
|
(9,027
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Decrease in cash
|
|
$
|
(2,336
|
)
|
|
$
|
(15,792
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Cash
|
|
$
|
13,664
|
|
|
$
|
16,000
|
|
Long-term debt including current portion
|
|
$
|
789,789
|
|
|
$
|
791,809
|
|
Long-term accrued facility fee
|
|
$
|
24,245
|
|
|
$
|
18,307
|
|
Preferred stock, excluding unamortized original issue discount
|
|
$
|
93,687
|
|
|
$
|
93,386
|
|
Borrowing availability under our senior credit facility
|
|
$
|
40,000
|
|
|
$
|
31,681
|
|
Leverage ratio as defined under our senior credit facility:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Actual
|
|
|
8.43
|
|
|
|
8.42
|
|
Maximum allowed
|
|
|
9.00
|
|
|
|
8.75
|
|
Senior
Credit Facility
The amount outstanding under our senior credit facility as of
March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009 was
$789.8 million and $791.8 million, respectively,
consisting solely of the term loan. In addition, we had a
liability resulting from the long-term accrued facility fee
under our term loan of $24.2 million and $18.3 million
as of March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009,
respectively. This long term accrued facility fee is not due and
payable until December 31, 2014 coincident with the
maturity date of our term loan. Under the revolving loan portion
of our senior credit facility, the maximum borrowing
availability, subject to covenant restrictions, was
$40.0 million and $50.0 million as of March 31,
2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively. The amount that
we can draw under our revolving loan is further limited by the
restrictive covenants in our senior credit facility. As of
March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, we could have
drawn $40.0 million and $31.7 million, respectively,
of the maximum availability under the revolving loan.
Amendment
of Senior Credit Facility
Effective as of March 31, 2010, we amended our existing
senior credit facility (the 2010 amendment) to
provide for, among other things: (i) an increase in the
maximum total net leverage ratio covenant under the senior
credit facility through March 30, 2011 and (ii) a
potential issuance of capital stock
and/or
senior or subordinated debt securities, which could include
securities with a second lien security interest (the
Replacement Debt). The 2010 amendment to the senior
credit facility also reduced the revolving loan commitment under
the senior credit facility from $50.0 million to
$40.0 million.
Pursuant to the 2010 amendment, from March 31, 2010 until
we completed an offering of Replacement Debt and repaid not less
than $200.0 million of our term loan outstanding under the
senior credit facility using the proceeds from that offering:
(i) we were required to pay an annual incentive fee equal
to 2.0%, which fee would be eliminated upon the consummation of
such offering and repayment, (ii) the then-existing annual
facility fee remained at 3.0%, but would, following such
repayment, be reduced to 1.25% per year, with a potential for
further reductions in future periods, and (iii) we remained
subject to the then-existing maximum total net leverage ratio,
but, following such repayment, that ratio was replaced by a
first lien leverage test, as described in the following
paragraph. In addition, from and after such repayment, we would
be required to comply with a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio
of 0.90x to 1.0x.
The 2010 amendment also provided that upon the completion of an
offering of Replacement Debt that resulted in the repayment of
not less than $200.0 million of our term loan outstanding
under the senior credit facility, we would, from the date of
such repayment, be subject to a maximum first lien leverage
ratio covenant, which would replace our maximum total leverage
ratio covenant. The leverage ratio covenant would range from
7.5x to 6.5x, depending upon the amount of any such repayment.
As of March 31, 2010, we were in compliance with all
applicable covenants under our senior credit facility.
The original notes, issued on April 29, 2010 and guaranteed
by all of our subsidiaries, constituted Replacement
Debt under the senior credit facility. We used a portion
of the net proceeds from the sale of the Notes to repay
$300.0 million in principal amount of term loans
outstanding under our senior credit facility, to
48
repay interest thereon and to repay certain fees due thereunder.
As a result of the completion of the offering of Notes and the
related repayment of term loans, Gray is, from and after
April 29, 2010, subject to and required to comply with the
terms and conditions of its senior credit facility as set out
under the heading As Amended and After Issuance of
Original Notes and Related Repayment of the Term Loan in
the table below.
The original notes were priced at 98.085% of par, resulting in
gross proceeds to the Company of $358.0 million. The
original notes mature on June 29, 2015. Interest accrues on
the original notes from April 29, 2010, and interest is
payable semi-annually, on May 1 and November 1 of each year
commencing November 1, 2010. We may redeem some or all of
the original notes at any time after November 1, 2012 at
specified redemption prices. We may also redeem up to 35% of the
aggregate principal amount of the original notes using the
proceeds from certain equity offerings completed before
November 1, 2012. In addition, we may redeem some or all of
the original notes at any time prior to November 1, 2012 at
a price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus a
make whole premium, and accrued and unpaid interest. If we sell
certain of our assets or experience specific kinds of changes of
control, we must offer to repurchase the original notes.
The original notes and the guarantees thereof are secured by a
second priority lien on substantially all of the assets owned by
Gray and its subsidiary guarantors, including, among other
things, all present and future shares of capital stock,
equipment, owned real property, leaseholds and fixtures, in each
case subject to certain exceptions and customary permitted liens
(the Original Notes Collateral). The Original Notes
Collateral also secures obligations under the Companys
senior credit facility on a first priority basis, subject to
certain exceptions and permitted liens.
A summary of certain significant terms contained in our senior
credit facility (i) before the March 31, 2010
amendment, (ii) as so amended, and (iii) as amended
and after giving effect to the issuance of original notes and
related repayment of $300.0 million in principal amount of
term loans outstanding under the senior credit facility is as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As Amended and
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Prior to Issuance
|
|
As Amended and
|
|
|
|
|
of Original Notes and
|
|
After Issuance of
|
|
|
|
|
Related
|
|
Original Notes and Related
|
|
|
Prior to Amendment
|
|
Repayment of the
|
|
Repayment of the
|
Description
|
|
on March 31, 2010
|
|
Term Loan
|
|
Term Loan
|
|
Annual interest rate on outstanding term loan balance
|
|
LIBOR plus 3.50%
or BASE plus
2.50%
|
|
Same
|
|
Same
|
Annual interest rate on outstanding revolving loan balance
|
|
LIBOR plus 3.50%
or BASE plus 2.50%
|
|
Same
|
|
Same
|
Annual facility fee rate
|
|
3.00% with a potential
for reduction in future
periods.
|
|
3.00% with a potential
for reduction in future
periods.
|
|
0.75% with a potential
for reduction in future
periods.
|
Annual incentive fee rate
|
|
None
|
|
2.00%
|
|
None
|
Annual commitment fee on undrawn revolving loan balance
|
|
0.50%
|
|
Same
|
|
Same
|
Revolving loan commitment
|
|
$50 million
|
|
$40 million
|
|
$40 million
|
Maximum total net leverage ratio at:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
March 31, 2010 through June 29, 2010
|
|
7.00x
|
|
9.00x
|
|
Replaced with a first
lien leverage test as
described above.
|
June 30, 2010 through September 29, 2010
|
|
6.50x
|
|
9.50x
|
|
|
September 30, 2010 through March 30, 2011
|
|
6.50x
|
|
9.75x
|
|
|
March 31, 2011 and thereafter
|
|
6.50x
|
|
6.50x
|
|
|
Minimum fixed charge coverage ratio
|
|
None
|
|
Same
|
|
0.90x to 1.00x
|
Maximum cash balance that can be deducted from total debt to
calculate net debt in the total net leverage ratio (or first
lien leverage test, as applicable)
|
|
$10.0 million
|
|
Same
|
|
$15.0 million
|
49
Beginning April 30, 2010 and thereafter, all interest and
fees accrued under the senior credit facility are payable in
cash upon their respective due dates, with no portion of such
accrued interest and fees being subject to deferral.
In order to obtain the foregoing amendment, we incurred loan
issuance costs of approximately $4.4 million, including
legal and professional fees. We recorded a loss from early
extinguishment of debt of $0.3 million for the three month
period ended March 31, 2010. As of March 31, 2010, we
had a deferred loan cost balance of $5.6 million.
As a result of the completion of the 2010 amendment and the
issuance of the original notes and application of the proceeds
thereof, we reduced the total interest cost of borrowings under
our senior credit facility from an effective interest rate of
LIBOR plus 8.50% to an effective interest rate of LIBOR plus
4.25% as of April 29, 2010.
Series D
Perpetual Preferred Stock
As of March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, we had
1,000 shares of Series D Perpetual Preferred Stock
outstanding. The Series D Perpetual Preferred Stock has a
liquidation value of $100,000 per share for a total liquidation
value of $100.0 million as of March 31, 2010 and
December 31, 2009. Our accrued Series D Perpetual
Preferred Stock dividend balances as of March 31, 2010 and
December 31, 2009 were $23.2 million and
$18.9 million, respectively.
We have deferred the cash payment of our preferred stock
dividends earned thereon since October 1, 2008. When three
consecutive cash dividend payments with respect to the
Series D Perpetual Preferred Stock remain unfunded, the
dividend rate increases from 15.0% per annum to 17.0% per annum.
Thus, our Series D Perpetual Preferred Stock dividend began
accruing at 17.0% per annum on July 16, 2009 and will
accrue at that rate as long as at least three consecutive cash
dividend payments remain unfunded.
In connection with the offering of the original notes, on
April 29, 2010, we repurchased approximately
$60.7 million in face amount of our Series D Perpetual
Preferred Stock, and $14.9 million in accrued dividends
thereon, in exchange for $50.0 million in cash, using a
portion of the net proceeds from the sale of original notes, and
the issuance of 8.5 million shares of common stock. As a
result of the completion of this exchange, the liquidation value
of outstanding Series D Perpetual Preferred Stock was
reduced to $39.3 million, and the accrued dividends thereon
were reduced to $9.6 million, each as of April 29,
2010.
While any Series D Perpetual Preferred Stock dividend
payments are in arrears, we are prohibited from repurchasing,
declaring
and/or
paying any cash dividend with respect to any equity securities
having liquidation preferences equivalent to or junior in
ranking to the liquidation preferences of the Series D
Perpetual Preferred Stock, including our common stock and
Class A common stock. We can provide no assurances as to
when any future cash payments will be made on any accumulated
and unpaid Series D Perpetual Preferred Stock cash
dividends presently in arrears or that become in arrears in the
future. The Series D Perpetual Preferred Stock has no
mandatory redemption date but may be redeemed at the
stockholders option on or after June 30, 2015.
Income
Taxes
We file a consolidated federal income tax return and such state
or local tax returns as are required. Although we may earn
taxable operating income in future years, as of
December 31, 2009, we anticipate that through the use of
our available loss carryforwards we will not pay significant
amounts of federal income taxes in the next several years.
However, we estimate that we will pay state income taxes in
certain states over the next several years.
Net
Cash Provided By (Used In) Operating, Investing and Financing
Activities
Net cash provided by operating activities was $7.0 million
in the 2010 three month period compared to net cash used in
operating activities of $1.3 million in the 2009 three
month period. The increase in cash provided by operations is due
primarily to increased revenue.
50
Net cash provided by operating activities decreased
$54.8 million to $18.9 million for 2009 compared to
net cash provided of $73.7 million for 2008. The decrease
in cash provided by operations was due primarily to several
factors, including: (i) a decrease in revenues of
$56.8 million and (ii) a decrease from a net change in
current operating assets and liabilities of $10.9 million
partially offset by a decrease in broadcast expenses of
$12.0 million.
Net cash used in investing activities was $3.2 million in
the 2010 three month period compared to net cash used in
investing activities of $5.5 million for the 2009 three
month period. The decrease in cash used in investing activities
was largely due to decreased spending for equipment.
Net cash used in investing activities increased
$1.2 million to $17.5 million for 2009 compared to
$16.3 million for 2008. The increase in cash used in
investing activities was largely due to increases in capital
expenditures for 2009 of $2.8 million.
Net cash used in financing activities was $6.1 million in
the 2010 three month period compared to net cash used in
financing activities of $9.0 million in the 2009 three
month period. This decrease in cash used was due primarily to
decreased payments for the amendment of our senior credit
facility in the 2010 three month period compared to the 2009
three month period.
Net cash used in financing activities decreased
$26.0 million to $16.0 million for 2009 compared to
$42.0 million for 2008. In 2008, we issued our
Series D perpetual preferred stock and used the proceeds of
that issuance along with cash generated from operations to repay
a portion of our long-term debt balance. Also, we paid
$8.8 million of dividends in 2008. During 2009, we repaid
$8.6 million of our long-term debt balance, paid
$7.5 million in fees associated with our long-term debt
refinancing and suspended the payment of all dividends.
Capital
Expenditures
Capital expenditures in the 2010 and 2009 three month periods
were $2.9 million and $5.2 million, respectively. The
2009 three month period included, in part, capital expenditures
relating to the conversion of analog broadcasts to digital
broadcasts upon the final cessation of analog transmissions,
while the 2010 three month period did not contain as many
comparable projects. We anticipate that our capital expenditures
for the remainder of 2010 will be $12.1 million.
Capital expenditures for the years ended December 31, 2009
and 2008 were $17.8 million and $15.0 million,
respectively. The year ended December 31, 2009 included, in
part, capital expenditures relating to the conversion of analog
broadcasts to digital broadcasts upon the final cessation of
analog transmissions, while the year ended December 31,
2008 did not contain comparable projects. Our senior credit
facility limits our capital expenditures to not more than
$15.0 million for the year ending December 31 2010. We
expect to fund future capital expenditures with cash from
operations and borrowings under our senior credit facility.
Other
We file a consolidated federal income tax return and such state
or local tax returns as are required. Although we may earn
taxable operating income in future years, as of March 31,
2010, we anticipate that through the use of our available loss
carryforwards we will not pay significant amounts of federal or
state income taxes for the next several years.
We do not believe that inflation has had a significant impact on
our results of operations nor do we expect it to have a
significant effect upon our business in the near future.
We are a holding company with no material independent assets or
operations, other than our investment in our subsidiaries. The
aggregate assets, liabilities, earnings and equity of the
subsidiary guarantors (as defined in and for purposes of our
senior credit facility) are substantially equivalent to our
assets, liabilities, earnings and equity on a consolidated
basis. The subsidiary guarantors are, directly or indirectly,
our wholly owned subsidiaries and the guarantees of the
subsidiary guarantors are full, unconditional and joint and
several. All of our current and future direct and indirect
subsidiaries are subsidiary guarantors. Accordingly,
51
separate financial statements and other disclosures of each of
the subsidiary guarantors are not presented because we have no
independent assets or operations, the guarantees are full and
unconditional and joint and several.
Retirement
Plan
We have three defined benefit pension plans. Two of these plans
were assumed by us as a result of our acquisitions and are
frozen plans. Our active defined benefit pension plan, which we
consider to be our primary pension plan, covers substantially
all our full-time employees. Retirement benefits under such plan
are based on years of service and the employees highest
average compensation for five consecutive years during the last
ten years of employment. Our funding policy is consistent with
the funding requirements of existing federal laws and
regulations under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of
1974.
A discount rate is selected annually to measure the present
value of the benefit obligations. In determining the selection
of a discount rate, we estimated the timing and amounts of
expected future benefit payments and applied a yield curve
developed to reflect yields available on high-quality bonds. The
yield curve is based on an externally published index
specifically designed to meet the criteria of GAAP. The discount
rate selected for determining benefit obligations as of
December 31, 2009 was 6.27% which reflects the results of
this yield curve analysis. The discount rate used for
determining benefit obligations as of December 31, 2008 was
5.79%. Our assumption regarding expected return on plan assets
reflects asset allocations, investment strategy and the views of
investment managers, as well as historical experience. We use an
assumed return of 7.00% for our assets invested in our active
pension plan. Actual asset returns for this plan increased in
value 14.85% in 2009 and decreased in value 25.28% in 2008.
Other significant assumptions include inflation, salary growth,
retirement rates and mortality rates. Our inflation assumption
is based on an evaluation of external market indicators. The
salary growth assumptions reflect our long-term actual
experience, the near-term outlook and assumed inflation.
Compensation increases over the latest five-year period have
been in line with assumptions. Retirement and mortality rates
are based on actual plan experience.
During the 2010 three month period, we contributed
$1.5 million to our pension plans. During the remainder of
fiscal 2010, we expect to contribute an additional
$2.5 million to our pension plans.
During 2009 and 2008, we contributed $3.5 million and
$2.9 million, respectively, to all three of our pension
plans.
Off-Balance
Sheet Arrangements
Operating
Commitments
We have various operating lease commitments for equipment, land
and office space. We also have commitments for various
syndicated television programs.
We have two types of syndicated television program contracts:
first run programs and off network reruns. The first run
programs are programs such as Oprah and the off network programs
are programs such as Friends. A difference between the two types
of syndicated television programming is that the first run
programs have not been produced at the time the contract is
signed and the off network programs have been produced. For all
syndicated television contracts we record an asset and
corresponding liability for payments to be made for the entire
off network contract period and for only the current
year of the first run contract period. Only the
payments in the current year of the first run
contracts are recorded on the current balance sheet, because the
programs for the later years of the contract period have not
been produced and delivered.
Obligation
to UK
On October 12, 2004, the University of Kentucky
(UK) awarded a sports marketing agreement jointly to
a subsidiary of IMG Worldwide, Inc. (IMG) and us
(the UK Agreement). The UK Agreement commenced on
April 16, 2005 and has an initial term of seven years, with
the option to extend for three additional years.
52
On July 1, 2006, the terms of the agreement between IMG and
us were amended and restated. The amended and restated agreement
provides that we will share in profits in excess of certain
amounts specified by the agreement, if any, but not losses. The
agreement also provides that we will separately retain all local
broadcast advertising revenue and pay all local broadcast
expenses for activities under the agreement. Under the amended
and restated agreement, IMG agreed to make all license fee
payments to UK. However, if IMG is unable to pay the license fee
to UK, we will then pay the unpaid portion of the license fee to
UK. As of March 31, 2010, the aggregate license fees to be
paid by IMG to UK over the remaining portion of the full
ten-year term (including the optional three year extension) of
the agreement is approximately $45.4 million. If we make
advances on behalf of IMG, IMG will then reimburse us for the
amount paid within 60 days after the close of each contract
year which ends on June 30th. IMG has also agreed to pay
interest on any advance at a rate equal to the prime rate.
During the three months ended March 31, 2010, and the years
ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, we did not advance any
amounts to UK on behalf of IMG under this agreement. As of
March 31, 2010, we do not consider the risk of
non-performance by IMG to be high.
Tabular
Disclosure of Contractual Obligations as of December 31,
2009
The following table aggregates our material expected contractual
obligations and commitments as of December 31, 2009 (in
thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payment Due by Period
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less Than
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
More Than
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 Year
|
|
|
1-3 Years
|
|
|
3-5 Years
|
|
|
5 Years
|
|
Contractual Obligations
|
|
Total
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2011-2012
|
|
|
2013-2014
|
|
|
after 2014
|
|
|
Contractual obligations recorded in our balance sheet as of
December 3l, 2009:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term debt obligations(1)
|
|
$
|
791,809
|
|
|
$
|
8,080
|
|
|
$
|
16,160
|
|
|
$
|
767,569
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Long-term accrued facility fee(2)
|
|
|
18,307
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18,307
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dividends currently accrued(3)
|
|
|
18,917
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18,917
|
|
Programming obligations currently accrued(4)
|
|
|
16,802
|
|
|
|
15,271
|
|
|
|
1,241
|
|
|
|
290
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest rate swap agreements(5)
|
|
|
6,344
|
|
|
|
6,344
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Acquisition-related liabilities(6)
|
|
|
1,790
|
|
|
|
863
|
|
|
|
834
|
|
|
|
93
|
|
|
|
|
|
Off-balance sheet arrangements as of December 31,
2009:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash interest on long-term debt obligations(7)
|
|
|
261,169
|
|
|
|
53,568
|
|
|
|
104,939
|
|
|
|
102,662
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash interest on long-term accrued facility fee(8)
|
|
|
8,189
|
|
|
|
1,136
|
|
|
|
3,487
|
|
|
|
3,566
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating lease obligations(9)
|
|
|
8,119
|
|
|
|
1,321
|
|
|
|
1,780
|
|
|
|
1,231
|
|
|
|
3,787
|
|
Dividends not currently accrued(10)
|
|
|
85,000
|
|
|
|
17,000
|
|
|
|
34,000
|
|
|
|
34,000
|
|
|
|
unknown
|
|
Purchase obligations not currently accrued(11)
|
|
|
832
|
|
|
|
832
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Programming obligations not currently accrued(12)
|
|
|
22,304
|
|
|
|
4,502
|
|
|
|
16,526
|
|
|
|
1,257
|
|
|
|
19
|
|
Obligation to UK(13)
|
|
|
45,426
|
|
|
|
7,763
|
|
|
|
15,963
|
|
|
|
17,200
|
|
|
|
4,500
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
1,285,008
|
|
|
$
|
116,680
|
|
|
$
|
194,930
|
|
|
$
|
946,175
|
|
|
$
|
27,223
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Long-term debt obligations represent current
and all future payment principal obligations under our senior
credit facility. These amounts are recorded as liabilities as of
the current balance sheet date. As of December 31, 2009,
the interest rate on the balance outstanding under the senior
credit facility, excluding effects of interest rate swap
agreements, was 6.8%. |
|
(2) |
|
Long-term accrued facility fee represents a
facility fee accrued as of December 31, 2009 under our
senior credit facility at a rate of 3.0% per annum, which is
payable in subsequent periods. |
|
(3) |
|
Dividends currently accrued represent
Series D perpetual preferred stock dividends accrued as of
December 31, 2009 and payable in subsequent periods. |
53
|
|
|
(4) |
|
Programming obligations currently accrued
represent obligations for syndicated television programming
whose license period has begun and the product is available.
These amounts are recorded as liabilities as of the current
balance sheet date. |
|
(5) |
|
Interest rate swap agreements represent
certain contracts that allow us to fix the interest rate on a
portion of our long-term debt balance. We have estimated
obligations associated with these contracts. Although the fair
value of these contracts can fluctuate significantly based on
market interest rates, the amounts in the table are estimated
settlement amounts. These amounts are recorded as liabilities as
of the current balance sheet date. |
|
(6) |
|
Acquisition related liabilities represent
certain obligations associated with acquisitions of television
stations that were completed in prior years. These amounts are
recorded as liabilities as of the current balance sheet date. |
|
(7) |
|
Cash interest on long-term debt obligations
includes estimated interest expense on long-term debt
obligations based upon the average debt balances expected in the
future and computed using an interest rate of 6.8%. This was the
interest rate on the balance outstanding under the senior credit
facility, excluding the effects of our interest rate swap
agreements, as of December 31, 2009. Our senior credit
facility will mature on December 31, 2014. |
|
(8) |
|
Cash interest on long-term accrued facility
fee represents estimated interest expense on the
accrued facility fee obligation under our senior credit
facility. Effective as of March 31, 2009, we incur a
facility fee equal to 3.0% per annum on the outstanding
revolving and term loans thereunder. From March 31, 2009
through April 30, 2010, this fee accrues and becomes
payable on the respective maturity dates of those loans
(March 19, 2014 and December 31, 2014, respectively).
From April 30, 2010 until the maturity dates under the
senior credit facility, such accrued amounts bear interest at
6.5% per year. These interest payments are included in this item
as cash interest on long-term accrued facility fee.
From April 30, 2010 until the maturity dates under our
senior credit facility, the fee will be payable in cash on a
quarterly basis. This portion of the fee is included in the
estimate of Cash interest on long-term debt
obligations above. |
|
(9) |
|
Operating lease obligations represent payment
obligations under non-cancelable lease agreements classified as
operating leases. These amounts are not recorded as liabilities
as of the current balance sheet date. |
|
(10) |
|
Dividends not currently accrued represent
Series D perpetual preferred stock dividends for future
periods and assumes that the $100 million of Series D
perpetual preferred stock remains outstanding in future periods
with a dividend rate of 17%. For the column headed More
than 5 years, after 2014, we cannot estimate a
dividend amount; due to the perpetual nature of our
Series D perpetual preferred stock and its holders
having the right to request that we repurchase such Stock on or
after June 30, 2015. |
|
(11) |
|
Purchase obligations not currently accrued
generally represent payment obligations for equipment. It is our
policy to accrue for these obligations when the equipment is
received and the vendor has completed the work required by the
purchase agreement. These amounts are not recorded as
liabilities as of the current balance sheet date because we had
not yet received the equipment. |
|
(12) |
|
Programming obligations not currently accrued
represent obligations for syndicated television programming
whose license period has not yet begun or the product is not yet
available. These amounts are not recorded as liabilities as of
the current balance sheet date. |
|
(13) |
|
Obligation to UK represents total
obligations, excluding any potential revenues, under the UK
Agreement. These amounts are not recorded as liabilities as of
the current balance sheet date. See Off-Balance Sheet
Arrangements immediately preceding this table for
additional information concerning this obligation. |
Estimates of the amount, timing and future funding obligations
under our pension plans include assumptions concerning, among
other things, actual and projected market performance of plan
assets, investment yields, statutory requirements and
demographic data for pension plan participants. Pension plan
funding estimates are therefore not included in the table above
because the timing and amounts of funding obligations for all
future periods cannot be reasonably determined.
54
Critical
Accounting Policies
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP
requires us to make judgments and estimations that affect the
amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying
notes. Actual results could differ materially from those
reported amounts. We consider our accounting policies relating
to intangible assets and income taxes to be critical policies
that require judgments or estimations in their application where
variances in those judgments or estimations could make a
significant difference to future reported results. Our policies
concerning intangible assets are disclosed below.
Annual
Impairment Testing of Broadcast Licenses and
Goodwill
Our annual impairment testing of broadcast licenses and goodwill
for each individual television station requires an estimation of
the fair value of each broadcast license and the fair value of
the entire television station which we consider a reporting
unit. Such estimations generally rely on analyses of public and
private comparative sales data as well as discounted cash flow
analyses that inherently require multiple assumptions relating
to the future prospects of each individual television station
including, but not limited to: (i) expected long-term
market growth characteristics, (ii) estimations regarding a
stations future expected viewing audience,
(iii) station revenue shares within a market,
(iv) future expected operating expenses, (v) costs of
capital and (vi) appropriate discount rates. We believe
that the assumptions we utilize in analyzing potential
impairment of broadcast licenses
and/or
goodwill for each of our television stations are reasonable
individually and in the aggregate. However, these assumptions
are highly subjective and changes in any one assumption, or a
combination of assumptions, could produce significant
differences in the calculated outcomes.
To estimate the fair value of our reporting units, we utilize a
discounted cash flow model supported by a market multiple
approach. We believe that a discounted cash flow analysis is the
most appropriate methodology to test the recorded value of
long-term assets with a demonstrated long-lived/enduring
franchise value. We believe the results of the discounted cash
flow and market multiple approaches provide reasonable estimates
of the fair value of our reporting units because these
approaches are based on our actual results and reasonable
estimates of future performance, and also take into
consideration a number of other factors deemed relevant by us,
including but not limited to, expected future market revenue
growth, market revenue shares and operating profit margins. We
have consistently used these approaches in determining the fair
value of our goodwill. We also consider a market multiple
valuation method to corroborate our discounted cash flow
analysis. We believe that this methodology is consistent with
the approach that any strategic market participant would utilize
if they were to value one of our television stations.
As of December 31, 2009, the recorded value of our
broadcast licenses and goodwill was approximately
$819.0 million and $170.5 million, respectively. As of
December 31, 2008, the recorded value of our broadcast
licenses and goodwill was approximately $819.0 million and
$170.5 million, respectively.
As of December 31, 2008, we recorded a non-cash impairment
expense of $338.7 million resulting from a write-down of
$98.6 million in the recorded value of our goodwill at
seven of our stations and a write-down of $240.1 million in
the recorded value of our broadcast licenses at 23 of our
stations. We did not record an impairment expense related to our
broadcast licenses or goodwill during 2009 or 2007. Neither of
these asset types are amortized; however, they are both subject
to impairment testing.
Prior to January 1, 2002, acquired broadcast licenses were
valued at the date of acquisition using a residual method. The
recorded value of these broadcast licenses as of
December 31, 2009 and 2008 was approximately
$341.0 million. The impairment charge recorded as of
December 31, 2008 for these broadcast licenses approximated
$129.6 million. After December 31, 2001, acquired
broadcast licenses were valued at the date of acquisition using
an income method that assumes an initial hypothetical
start-up
operation. This change in methodology was due to a change in
accounting requirements. The book value of these broadcast
licenses as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 was approximately
$478.0 million. The impairment expense recorded as of
December 31, 2008 for these broadcast licenses approximated
$110.5 million. Regardless of whether we initially recorded
the value of our broadcast licenses using the residual or the
income method, for purposes of testing for potential impairment
we use the income method to estimate the fair value of our
broadcast licenses.
55
We test for impairment of broadcast licenses and goodwill on an
annual basis on the last day of each fiscal year. However, we
will test for impairment during any reporting period if certain
triggering events occur. The two most recent impairment testing
dates were as of December 31, 2009 and 2008. A summary of
the significant assumptions used in our impairment analyses of
broadcast licenses and goodwill as of December 31, 2009 and
2008 is presented below. Following the summary of assumptions is
a sensitivity analysis of those assumptions as of
December 31, 2009. Our reporting units, allocations of our
broadcast licenses and goodwill and our methodologies were
consistent as of both testing dates.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
|
(Dollars in millions)
|
|
Pre-tax impairment charge:
|
|
|
|
|
Broadcast licenses
|
|
$
|
|
$240.1
|
Goodwill
|
|
$
|
|
$98.6
|
Significant assumptions:
|
|
|
|
|
Forecast period
|
|
10 years
|
|
10 years
|
Increase or (decrease) in market advertising revenue for
projection year compared to latest historical period(1)
|
|
(4.4)% to 8.9%
|
|
(15.8)% to (2.3)%
|
Positive or (negative) advertising revenue compound growth rate
for forecast period
|
|
(0.3)% to 3.7%
|
|
1.1% to 3.4%
|
Operating cash flow margin:
|
|
|
|
|
Broadcast licenses
|
|
8.3% to 50.0%
|
|
11.0% to 50.0%
|
Goodwill
|
|
11.1% to 50.0%
|
|
11.5% to 50.0%
|
Discount rate:
|
|
|
|
|
Broadcast licenses
|
|
9.50%
|
|
10.50%
|
Goodwill
|
|
10.50%
|
|
11.50%
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Depending on whether the first year of the respective projection
period is an even- or odd-numbered year, assumptions relating to
market advertising growth rates can vary significantly from year
to year reflecting the significant cyclical impact of political
advertising in even-numbered years. The fiscal 2009 analysis
generally anticipated an increase in revenues for fiscal 2010.
As a result, overall future projected revenue growth rates
thereafter were low given the high starting point of these
projections. Conversely, since the fiscal 2008 analysis assumed
cyclically low revenues for fiscal 2009, the subsequent
projected growth rates were higher. |
56
When estimating the fair value of our broadcast licenses and
goodwill, we make assumptions regarding revenue growth rates,
operating cash flow margins and discount rates. These
assumptions require substantial judgment. Although we did not
record an impairment charge for the year ended December 31,
2009, we may have recorded such an adjustment if we had changed
certain assumptions. The following table contains a sensitivity
analysis of these assumptions and a hypothetical impairment
charge that would have resulted if our advertising revenue
growth rate and our operating cash flow margin had been revised
lower or if our discount rate had been revised higher. We also
provide a hypothetical impairment charge assuming a 5.0% and
10.0% decrease in the fair value of our broadcast licenses and
enterprise values.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Hypothetical
|
|
|
|
Impairment
|
|
|
|
Charge As of
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
Broadcast
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
License
|
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
Hypothetical change:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A 100 basis point decrease in advertising revenue growth
rate throughout the forecast period
|
|
$
|
29.4
|
|
|
$
|
3.9
|
|
A 100 basis point decrease in operating cash flow margin
throughout the forecast period
|
|
$
|
0.5
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
A 100 basis point increase in the applicable discount rate
|
|
$
|
29.9
|
|
|
$
|
4.2
|
|
A 5% reduction in the fair value of broadcast licenses and
enterprise values
|
|
$
|
1.1
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
A 10% reduction in the fair value of broadcast licenses and
enterprise values
|
|
$
|
6.8
|
|
|
$
|
2.8
|
|
These hypothetical non-cash impairment charges would not have
any direct impact on our liquidity, senior credit facility
covenant compliance or future results of operations. Our
historical operating results may not be indicative of our future
operating results. Our future ten-year discounted cash flow
analysis, which fundamentally supports our estimated fair values
as of December 31, 2009, reflected certain assumptions
relating to the expected impact of the current general economic
recession and dislocation of the credit markets.
In addition, the change in macroeconomic factors impacting the
credit markets caused us to decrease our assumed discount rate
to 9.5% for valuing broadcast licenses and to 10.5% for valuing
goodwill in 2009 as compared to the 10.5% discount rate used to
value broadcast licenses and the 11.5% rate used to value
goodwill in 2008. The discount rates used in our impairment
analysis were based upon the after-tax rate determined using a
weighted-average cost of capital calculation for media
companies. In calculating the discount rates, we considered
estimates of the long-term mean market return, industry beta,
corporate borrowing rate, average industry debt to capital
ratio, average industry equity capital ratio, risk free rate and
the tax rate. We believe using a discount rate based on a
weighted-average cost of capital calculation for media companies
is appropriate because it would be reflective of rates active
participants in the media industry would utilize in valuing
broadcast licenses
and/or
broadcast enterprises
Valuation
of Network Affiliation Agreements
We believe that the value of a television station is derived
primarily from the attributes of its broadcast license. These
attributes have a significant impact on the audience for network
programming in a local television market compared to the
national viewing patterns of the same network programming.
Certain other broadcasting companies have valued network
affiliations on the basis that it is the affiliation and not the
other attributes of the station, including its broadcast
license, that contributes to the operational performance of that
station. As a result, we believe that these broadcasting
companies allocate a significant portion of the purchase price
for any station that they may acquire to the network affiliation
relationship and include in their network affiliation valuation
amounts related to attributes which we believe are more
appropriately reflected in the value of the broadcast license or
goodwill.
57
The methodology we used to value these stations was based on our
evaluation of the broadcast licenses acquired and the
characteristics of the markets in which they operated. Given our
assumptions and the specific attributes of the stations we
acquired from 2002 through December 31, 2009, we ascribed
no incremental value to the incumbent network affiliation
relationship in each market beyond the cost of negotiating a new
agreement with another network and the value of any terms of the
affiliation agreement that were more favorable or unfavorable
than those generally prevailing in the market.
Some broadcast companies may use methods to value acquired
network affiliations different than those that we use. These
different methods may result in significant variances in the
amount of purchase price allocated to these assets among
broadcast companies.
If we were to assign higher values to all of our network
affiliations and less value to our broadcast licenses or
goodwill and if it is further assumed that such higher values of
the network affiliations are definite-lived intangible assets,
this reallocation of value might have a significant impact on
our operating results. It should be noted that there is
diversity of practice within the industry, and some broadcast
companies have considered such network affiliation intangible
assets to have a life ranging from 15 to 40 years depending
on the specific assumptions utilized by those broadcast
companies.
The following table reflects the hypothetical impact of the
reassignment of value from broadcast licenses to network
affiliations for all our prior acquisitions (the first
acquisition being in 1994) and the resulting increase in
amortization expense assuming a hypothetical
15-year
amortization period as of our most recent impairment testing
date of December 31, 2009 (in thousands, except per share
data):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percentage of Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Value Reassigned to Network Affiliation
|
|
|
|
As
|
|
|
Agreements
|
|
|
|
Reported
|
|
|
50%
|
|
|
25%
|
|
|
Balance Sheet (As of December 31, 2009):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Broadcast licenses
|
|
$
|
818,981
|
|
|
$
|
262,598
|
|
|
$
|
540,789
|
|
Other intangible assets, net (including network affiliation
agreements)
|
|
|
1,316
|
|
|
|
185,347
|
|
|
|
93,332
|
|
Statement of Operations (For the year ended December 31,
2009):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization of intangible assets
|
|
|
577
|
|
|
|
36,626
|
|
|
|
18,602
|
|
Operating income
|
|
|
43,079
|
|
|
|
7,030
|
|
|
|
25,054
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
(23,047
|
)
|
|
|
(45,037
|
)
|
|
|
(34,042
|
)
|
Net loss available to common stockholders
|
|
|
(40,166
|
)
|
|
|
(62,156
|
)
|
|
|
(51,161
|
)
|
Net loss available to common stockholders, per share
basic and diluted
|
|
$
|
(0.83
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1.28
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1.05
|
)
|
In future acquisitions, the valuation of the network
affiliations may differ from the values of previous acquisitions
due to the different characteristics of each station and the
market in which it operates.
Market
Capitalization
When we test our broadcast licenses and goodwill for impairment,
we also consider our market capitalization. During 2009, our
market capitalization increased from its 2008 lows. As of
December 31, 2009, our market capitalization was less than
our book value and it remains less than book value as of the
date of this filing. We believe the decline in our stock price
has been influenced, in part, by the current state of the
national credit market and the national economic recession. We
believe that it is appropriate to view the current state of
credit markets and recession as relatively temporary in relation
to reporting units that have demonstrated long-lived/enduring
franchise value. Accordingly, we believe that a variance between
market capitalization and fair value can exist and that
difference could be significant at points in time due to
intervening macroeconomic influences.
58
Income
Taxes
We have approximately $285.3 million in federal operating
loss carryforwards, which expire during the years 2020 through
2029. Additionally, we have an aggregate of approximately
$328.6 million of various state operating loss
carryforwards. We project to have taxable income in the
carryforward periods. Therefore, we believe that it is more
likely than not that the federal net operating loss
carryforwards will be fully utilized.
A valuation allowance has been provided for a portion of the
state net operating loss carryforwards. We believe that it will
not meet the more likely than not threshold in certain states
due to the uncertainty of generating sufficient income.
Therefore, the state valuation allowance at December 31,
2009 and 2008 was $6.2 million and $4.6 million,
respectively. As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, a full
valuation allowance of $264,000 and $261,000, respectively, has
been provided for the capital loss carryforwards, as we believe
that we will not meet the more likely than not threshold due to
the uncertainty of generating sufficient capital gains in the
carryforward period.
Recent
Accounting Pronouncements
Various authoritative accounting organizations have issued
accounting pronouncements that we will be required to adopt at a
future date. Either (i) we have reviewed these
pronouncements and concluded that their adoption will not have a
material affect upon our liquidity or results of operations or
(ii) we are continuing to evaluate the pronouncements. See
Note 1. Description of Business and Summary of
Significant Accounting Policies of our audited
consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this
prospectus for further discussion of recent accounting
principles.
59
BUSINESS
General
We are a television broadcast company operating 36 television
stations serving 30 markets. Seventeen of our stations are
affiliated with CBS, ten are affiliated with NBC, eight are
affiliated with ABC, and one is affiliated with FOX. Our 17
CBS-affiliated stations make us the largest independent owner of
CBS affiliates in the United States. In addition, we currently
operate 39 digital second channels including one affiliated with
ABC, four affiliated with FOX, seven affiliated with CW, 18
affiliated with MyNetworkTV, two affiliated with Universal
Sports and seven local news/weather channels, in certain of our
existing markets. We created our digital second channels to
better utilize our excess broadcast spectrum. The digital second
channels are similar to our primary broadcast channels; however,
our digital second channels are affiliated with networks
different from those affiliated with our primary broadcast
channels. Our combined TV station group reaches approximately
6.3% of total United States households.
We were incorporated in 1897, initially to publish the Albany
Herald in Albany, Georgia, and entered the broadcasting industry
in 1953. We have a dedicated and experienced senior management
team.
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009 and the first
quarter ended March 31, 2010, we generated revenue of
$270.4 million and $70.5 million, respectively.
Markets
Gray operates in DMAs ranked between
51-200 and
primarily focuses its operations on university towns and state
capitals. Our markets include 17 university towns, representing
enrollment of approximately 469,000 students, and eight state
capitals. We believe university towns and state capitals provide
significant advantages as they generally offer more favorable
advertising demographics, more stable economics and a stronger
affinity between local stations and university sports teams.
We have a strong, market leading position in our markets. Our
combined station group has 23 markets with stations
ranked #1 in local news audience and 21 markets with
stations ranked #1 in overall audience within their
respective markets, based on the results of the average of the
Nielsen March, May, July and November 2009 ratings reports. Of
the 30 markets that we serve, we operate the #1 or #2
ranked station in 29 of those markets. We believe a key
driver for our strong market position is the strength of our
local news and information programs. Our news audience share
outperforms the national average of the networks audience
share with at least twice the NSI national average market share
in November 2009 for both 6 p.m. and late night news. We
believe that our market position and our strong local revenue
stream have enabled us to better preserve our revenues in softer
economic conditions compared to many of our peers.
We are diversified across our markets and network affiliations.
Our largest market by revenue is Charleston/Huntington, WV,
which contributed approximately 7% of our revenues in 2009. Our
top 10 markets by revenue contributed 53% of our revenue in
2009. Our 17 CBS-affiliated stations accounted for 49% of our
revenues, our 10 NBC-affiliated stations accounted for 36% of
our revenues, our 8 ABC-affiliated stations accounted for 15% of
our revenues and our 1 FOX-affiliated station accounted for less
than 1% of our revenues, for 2009, respectively.
Business
Strategy
Our success has been based on the following strategies for
growing our revenues and our operating cash flow:
Maintain and Grow our Market Leadership
Position. We have the #1 ranking in overall
audience in 21 of the 30 markets in which we operate. We
are ranked #2 in audience in all of our other markets,
except Albany, GA. We have the #1 ranking in local news
audience in 23 of our markets and our news audience share
outperforms the national average of the networks audience
share with nearly twice the NSI national average market share in
November 2009 for both 6 p.m. and late night news.
60
We believe there are significant advantages in operating
the #1 or #2 television broadcasting stations. Strong
audience and market share allows us enhance our advertising
revenues through price discipline and leadership. We believe a
top-rated news platform is critical to capturing incremental
sponsorship and political advertising revenue. Our high-quality
station group improves our cash flow and allows us additional
opportunities to reinvest in our business to further strengthen
our network and news ratings. Furthermore, we believe operating
the top ranking stations in our various markets allows us to
attract and retain top talent.
We also believe that our leadership position in the markets we
serve gives us additional leverage to negotiate retransmission
contracts with multiple system operators MSOs, and we believe it
will help us in our potential negotiations with networks upon
expiration of our current contracts with them. Our primary
network affiliation agreements expire at various dates through
January 1, 2016.
We intend to maintain our market leadership position through
prudent continued investment in our news and syndicated
programs, as well as continued technological advances and
program improvements. We are in the process of converting our
local studios to be able to provide HD in select markets to
further enhance the visual quality of our local programs, which
we believe can drive incremental viewership, and expect to
continue to invest in local HD conversion over the next few
years.
Pursue New Media Opportunities. We currently
operate web, mobile and desktop applications in all of our
markets. We have focused on expanding the applicable local
content, such as news, weather and sports, on our websites to
drive increased traffic. We have experienced strong growth in
internet page views in the past, with page views growing at a
57% compound annual growth rate from 2003 and 2009, and
anticipate continued growth in the future.
Our aggregate internet revenues are derived from two sources.
The first source is advertising or sponsorship opportunities
directly on our websites. We call this direct internet
revenue. The other revenue source is television
advertising time purchased by our clients to directly promote
their involvement in our websites. We refer to this internet
revenue source as internet-related commercial time
sales. In the future, we anticipate our direct internet
revenue will grow at a faster pace relative to our
internet-related commercial time sales.
We are a member of the OMVC, which aims to accelerate the
development and rollout of mobile DTV products and services,
maximizing the full potential of the digital television
spectrum. We are currently testing mobile television in the
Omaha and Lincoln, Nebraska markets.
Monetize Digital Spectrum. We currently
operate 39 digital second channels, including one affiliated
with ABC, four affiliated with FOX, seven affiliated with CW, 18
affiliated with MyNetworkTV, two affiliated with the Universal
Sports Network and seven local news/weather channels, in certain
of our existing markets. We created our digital second channels
to better utilize our excess broadcast spectrum. The digital
second channels are similar to our primary broadcast channels,
except that our digital second channels are affiliated with
networks different from those affiliated with our primary
broadcast channels. In the year ended December 31, 2009, we
generated $7.1 million in revenue from our digital second
channels.
Our strategy is to expand upon our digital offerings, evaluating
potential opportunities from time to time either on our own
and/or in
partnership with other companies, as such opportunities present
themselves. We intend to aggressively pursue the use of our
spectrum for additional opportunities such as local video on
demand, music on demand and other digital downloads. We also
intend to evaluate opportunities to use spectrum for future
delivery of television broadcasts to handheld and other mobile
devices.
Prudent Cost Management. Historically, we have
closely managed our costs to maintain our margins. We believe
that our market leadership position gives us additional
negotiating leverage to enable us to lower our syndicated
programming costs. We have increased the efficiency of our
stations by automating processes as a part of the conversion of
local studios to digital. As of December 31, 2009, we had
reduced our total number of employees by 241, or 9.9% since
December 31, 2007. We also lowered our syndicated
programming costs by $1.1 million during the year ended
December 31, 2009. We intend to continue to seek and
implement additional cost saving opportunities in the future.
61
Acquisitions,
Investments and Divestitures
In 1993, we implemented a strategy to foster a significant
portion of our growth through strategic acquisitions and select
divestitures. Since January 1, 1994, our significant
acquisitions have included 33 television stations. We
completed our most recent acquisition on March 3, 2006. Our
acquisition, investment and divestiture activities during the
most recent five years are described below.
2006
Acquisition
On March 3, 2006, we completed the acquisition of the stock
of Michiana Telecasting Corp., owner of
WNDU-TV, the
NBC affiliate in South Bend, Indiana, from the University of
Notre Dame for $88.9 million, which included certain
working capital adjustments and transaction fees. We financed
this acquisition with borrowings under our senior credit
facility.
2005
Spinoff
On December 30, 2005, we completed the spinoff of all of
the outstanding stock of TCM. Immediately prior to the spinoff,
we contributed all of the membership interests in Gray
Publishing, LLC which owned and operated our Gray Publishing and
GrayLink Wireless businesses and certain other assets, to TCM.
In the spinoff, each of the holders of our common stock received
one share of TCM common stock for every ten shares of our common
stock and each holder of our Class A common stock received
one share of TCM common stock for every ten shares of our
Class A common stock. As part of the spinoff, we received a
cash dividend of approximately $44.0 million from TCM. We
used the dividend proceeds to reduce our outstanding
indebtedness.
2005
Acquisitions
On November 30, 2005, we completed the acquisition of the
assets of
WSAZ-TV, the
NBC affiliate in Charleston/Huntington, West Virginia. We
purchased these assets from Emmis Communications Corp. for
approximately $185.8 million in cash plus certain
transaction fees. We financed this acquisition with borrowings
under the senior credit facility we then had in place.
On November 10, 2005, we completed the acquisition of the
assets of
WSWG-TV, the
UPN affiliate serving the Albany, Georgia television market. We
purchased these assets from P.D. Communications, LLC for
$3.75 million in cash. We used a portion of our cash on
hand to fund this acquisition. After the acquisition, we
obtained a CBS affiliation for this station.
On January 31, 2005, we completed the acquisition of
KKCO-TV from
Eagle III Broadcasting, LLC. We acquired this station for
approximately $13.5 million plus certain transaction fees.
KKCO-TV
serves the Grand Junction, Colorado television market and is an
NBC affiliate. We used a portion of our cash on hand to fully
fund this acquisition.
During 2005, we acquired an FCC license to operate a low power
television station,
WAHU-TV, in
the Charlottesville, Virginia television market. We currently
operate
WAHU-TV as a
FOX affiliate.
Revenues
Our revenues are derived primarily from local, regional and
national advertising. Our revenues are derived to a much lesser
extent from retransmission consent fees; network compensation;
studio and tower space rental; and commercial production
activities. Advertising refers primarily to
advertisements broadcast by television stations, but it also
includes advertisements placed on a television stations
website. Advertising rates are based upon a variety of factors,
including: (i) a programs popularity among the
viewers an advertiser wishes to attract, (ii) the number of
advertisers competing for the available time, (iii) the
size and demographic makeup of the market served by the station
and (iv) the availability of alternative advertising media
in the market area. Rates are also determined by a
stations overall ratings and in-market share, as well as
the stations ratings and market share among particular
demographic groups that an advertiser may be targeting. Because
broadcast stations rely on advertising revenues, they are
consequently sensitive to cyclical changes in
62
the economy. The sizes of advertisers budgets, which can
be affected by broad economic trends, can affect the broadcast
industry in general and the revenues of individual broadcast
television stations.
Our revenues fluctuate significantly between years, consistent
with, among other things, increased political advertising
expenditures in even-numbered years.
We derive a material portion of our advertising revenue from the
automotive and restaurant industries. In 2009, we earned
approximately 17% and 12% of our total revenue from the
automotive and restaurant categories, respectively. In 2008, we
earned approximately 19% and 10% of our total revenue from the
automotive and restaurant categories, respectively. Our business
and operating results could be materially adversely affected if
automotive or restaurant-related advertising revenues decrease.
Our business and operating results could also be materially
adversely affected if revenue decreased from one or more other
significant advertising categories, such as the communications,
entertainment, financial services, professional services or
retail industries.
Our
Stations and Their Markets
Each of our stations is affiliated with a major network pursuant
to an affiliation agreement. Each affiliation agreement provides
the affiliated station with the right to broadcast all programs
transmitted by the affiliated network. Our primary network
affiliation agreements expire at various dates through
January 1, 2016. The following table is a list of all our
owned and operated television stations.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Primary Network
|
|
DMA
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Secondary
|
|
Broadcast
|
|
|
Station
|
|
|
News
|
|
Rank
|
|
|
|
|
|
Primary Network
|
|
|
Network
|
|
License
|
|
|
Rank in
|
|
|
Rank in
|
|
(a)
|
|
Market
|
|
Station
|
|
Affil.(b)
|
|
Exp.(c)
|
|
|
Affil.(b)
|
|
Exp.(c)
|
|
Expiration
|
|
|
DMA(d)
|
|
|
DMA(e)
|
|
|
59
|
|
Knoxville, TN
|
|
WVLT
|
|
CBS
|
|
|
12/31/14
|
|
|
My Net.
|
|
10/04/11
|
|
|
08/01/05
|
(i)
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
62
|
|
Lexington, KY
|
|
WKYT
|
|
CBS
|
|
|
12/31/14
|
|
|
CW
|
|
09/17/14
|
|
|
08/01/05
|
(i)
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
63
|
|
Charleston/Huntington, WV
|
|
WSAZ
|
|
NBC
|
|
|
01/01/12
|
|
|
My Net.
|
|
10/04/11
|
|
|
10/01/12
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
69
|
|
Wichita/Hutchinson, KS
|
|
KAKE
|
|
ABC
|
|
|
12/31/13
|
|
|
NA
|
|
NA
|
|
|
06/01/06
|
(i)
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
(Colby, KS)
|
|
KLBY(f)
|
|
ABC
|
|
|
12/31/13
|
|
|
NA
|
|
NA
|
|
|
06/01/06
|
(i)
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
(Garden City, KS)
|
|
KUPK(f)
|
|
ABC
|
|
|
12/31/13
|
|
|
NA
|
|
NA
|
|
|
06/01/06
|
(i)
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
76
|
|
Omaha, NE
|
|
WOWT
|
|
NBC
|
|
|
01/01/12
|
|
|
Universal
Sports
|
|
12/31/11
|
|
|
06/01/06
|
(i)
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
85
|
|
Madison, WI
|
|
WMTV
|
|
NBC
|
|
|
01/01/12
|
|
|
News
|
|
NA
|
|
|
12/01/05
|
(i)
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
89
|
|
Waco-Temple-Bryan, TX
|
|
KWTX
|
|
CBS
|
|
|
12/31/14
|
|
|
CW
|
|
12/31/14
|
|
|
08/01/06
|
(i)
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
(Bryan, TX)
|
|
KBTX(g)
|
|
CBS
|
|
|
12/31/14
|
|
|
CW
|
|
12/31/14
|
|
|
08/01/06
|
(i)
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
91
|
|
South Bend, IN
|
|
WNDU
|
|
NBC
|
|
|
01/01/12
|
|
|
NA
|
|
NA
|
|
|
08/01/13
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
92
|
|
Colorado Springs, CO
|
|
KKTV
|
|
CBS
|
|
|
12/31/14
|
|
|
My Net.
|
|
10/04/11
|
|
|
04/01/06
|
(i)
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
103
|
|
Greenville/New
Bern/Washington, NC
|
|
WITN
|
|
NBC
|
|
|
01/01/12
|
|
|
My Net.
|
|
10/04/11
|
|
|
12/01/04
|
(i)
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
105
|
|
Lincoln/Hastings/Kearney, NE
|
|
KOLN
|
|
CBS
|
|
|
12/31/14
|
|
|
My Net.
|
|
10/04/11
|
|
|
06/01/06
|
(i)
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
Grand Island, NE
|
|
KGIN(h)
|
|
CBS
|
|
|
12/31/14
|
|
|
My Net.
|
|
10/04/11
|
|
|
06/01/06
|
(i)
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
106
|
|
Tallahassee, FL/Thomasville, GA
|
|
WCTV
|
|
CBS
|
|
|
12/31/14
|
|
|
My Net.
|
|
10/04/11
|
|
|
04/01/13
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
108
|
|
Reno, NV
|
|
KOLO
|
|
ABC
|
|
|
12/31/13
|
|
|
Universal
Sports
|
|
01/09/11
|
|
|
10/01/06
|
(i)
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
114
|
|
Augusta, GA
|
|
WRDW
|
|
CBS
|
|
|
12/31/14
|
|
|
My Net.
News
|
|
10/04/11
NA
|
|
|
04/01/13
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
115
|
|
Lansing, MI
|
|
WILX
|
|
NBC
|
|
|
01/01/12
|
|
|
News
|
|
NA
|
|
|
10/01/05
|
(i)
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
127
|
|
La Crosse/Eau Claire, WI
|
|
WEAU
|
|
NBC
|
|
|
01/01/12
|
|
|
News
|
|
NA
|
|
|
12/01/05
|
(i)
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
134
|
|
Rockford, IL
|
|
WIFR
|
|
CBS
|
|
|
12/31/14
|
|
|
News
|
|
NA
|
|
|
12/01/05
|
(i)
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
135
|
|
Wausau/Rhinelander, WI
|
|
WSAW
|
|
CBS
|
|
|
12/31/14
|
|
|
My Net.
News
|
|
10/04/11
NA
|
|
|
12/01/05
|
(i)
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
136
|
|
Topeka, KS
|
|
WIBW
|
|
CBS
|
|
|
12/31/14
|
|
|
My Net.
|
|
10/04/11
|
|
|
06/01/06
|
(i)
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
145
|
|
Albany, GA
|
|
WSWG
|
|
CBS
|
|
|
12/31/14
|
|
|
My Net.
|
|
10/04/11
|
|
|
04/01/13
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
NA(j
|
)
|
151
|
|
Panama City, FL
|
|
WJHG
|
|
NBC
|
|
|
01/01/12
|
|
|
CW
My Net.
|
|
09/17/12
10/04/11
|
|
|
02/01/05
|
(i)
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
63
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Primary Network
|
|
DMA
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Secondary
|
|
Broadcast
|
|
|
Station
|
|
|
News
|
|
Rank
|
|
|
|
|
|
Primary Network
|
|
|
Network
|
|
License
|
|
|
Rank in
|
|
|
Rank in
|
|
(a)
|
|
Market
|
|
Station
|
|
Affil.(b)
|
|
Exp.(c)
|
|
|
Affil.(b)
|
|
Exp.(c)
|
|
Expiration
|
|
|
DMA(d)
|
|
|
DMA(e)
|
|
|
161
|
|
Sherman, TX/Ada, OK
|
|
KXII
|
|
CBS
|
|
|
12/31/14
|
|
|
FOX
My Net.
|
|
06/30/11
10/04/11
|
|
|
08/01/06
|
(i)
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
172
|
|
Dothan, AL
|
|
WTVY
|
|
CBS
|
|
|
12/31/14
|
|
|
CW
My Net.
|
|
09/01/12
10/04/11
|
|
|
04/01/13
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
178
|
|
Harrisonburg, VA
|
|
WHSV
|
|
ABC
|
|
|
12/31/13
|
|
|
ABC
FOX
My Net.
|
|
12/31/13
06/30/11
10/04/11
|
|
|
10/01/12
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
182
|
|
Bowling Green, KY
|
|
WBKO
|
|
ABC
|
|
|
12/31/13
|
|
|
FOX
CW
|
|
06/30/11
09/01/13
|
|
|
08/01/05
|
(i)
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
183
|
|
Charlottesville, VA
|
|
WCAV
|
|
CBS
|
|
|
12/31/14
|
|
|
News
|
|
NA
|
|
|
10/01/12
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
WVAW
|
|
ABC
|
|
|
12/31/13
|
|
|
NA
|
|
NA
|
|
|
10/01/12
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
WAHU
|
|
FOX
|
|
|
06/30/11
|
|
|
My Net.
|
|
10/04/11
|
|
|
01/01/12
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
184
|
|
Grand Junction, CO
|
|
KKCO
|
|
NBC
|
|
|
01/01/16
|
|
|
NA
|
|
NA
|
|
|
04/01/06
|
(i)
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
185
|
|
Meridian, MS
|
|
WTOK
|
|
ABC
|
|
|
12/31/13
|
|
|
CW
My Net.
|
|
09/15/10
10/04/11
|
|
|
06/01/05
|
(i)
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
194
|
|
Parkersburg, WV
|
|
WTAP
|
|
NBC
|
|
|
01/01/12
|
|
|
FOX
My Net.
|
|
06/30/11
10/04/11
|
|
|
10/01/04
|
(i)
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
(k)
|
|
Hazard, KY
|
|
WYMT
|
|
CBS
|
|
|
12/31/14
|
|
|
NA
|
|
NA
|
|
|
08/01/05
|
(i)
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
DMA rank based on data published by Nielsen or other public
sources for the
2009-2010
television season. |
|
(b) |
|
Indicates network affiliations. The majority of our stations are
affiliated with a network. We also have independent stations and
stations broadcasting local news and weather. Such stations are
identified as News. |
|
(c) |
|
Indicates date of expiration of network license. |
|
(d) |
|
Based on the average of Nielsen data for the March, May, July
and November 2009 rating periods (except for Hazard, KY, as
described in note (k)), measured from Sunday to Saturday,
6 a.m. to 2 a.m. |
|
(e) |
|
Based on our review of Nielsen data for the March, May, July and
November 2009 rating periods (except for Hazard, KY, as
described in note (k)) for various news programs. |
|
(f) |
|
KLBY-TV and
KUPK-TV are
satellite stations of
KAKE-TV
under FCC rules.
KLBY-TV and
KUPK-TV
retransmit the signal of the primary station and may offer some
locally originated programming, such as local news. |
|
(g) |
|
KBTX-TV is a
satellite station of
KWTX-TV
under FCC rules.
KBTX-TV
retransmits the signal of the primary station and may offer some
locally originated programming, such as local news. |
|
(h) |
|
KGIN-TV is a
satellite station of
KOLN-TV
under FCC rules.
KGIN-TV
retransmits the signal of the primary station and may offer some
locally originated programming, such as local news. |
|
(i) |
|
We have filed a license renewal application with the FCC, and
renewal is pending. We anticipate that all pending applications
will be renewed in due course. |
|
(j) |
|
This station does not currently broadcast local news that is
specific to the Albany, Georgia market. |
|
(k) |
|
The rankings shown for
WYMT-TV are
based on Nielsen data for the trading area for the four most
recent reporting periods, which are November 2008 and February,
May and November 2009. |
Television
Industry Background
The FCC grants broadcast licenses to television stations.
Historically, there have been a limited number of channels
available for broadcasting in any one geographic area.
Television station revenues are derived primarily from local,
regional and national advertising. Television station revenues
are derived to a much lesser extent from retransmission consent
fees; network compensation; studio and tower space rental; and
commercial production activities. Advertising rates are based
upon a variety
64
of factors, including: (i) a programs popularity
among the viewers an advertiser wishes to attract, (ii) the
number of advertisers competing for the available time,
(iii) the size and demographic makeup of the market served
by the station and (iv) the availability of alternative
advertising media in the market area. Rates are also determined
by a stations overall ratings and in-market share, as well
as the stations ratings and market share among particular
demographic groups that an advertiser may be targeting. Because
broadcast stations rely on advertising revenues, they are
sensitive to cyclical changes in the economy. The sizes of
advertisers budgets, which can be affected by broad
economic trends, can affect the broadcast industry in general
and the revenues of individual broadcast television stations.
Television stations in the country are grouped by Nielsen, a
national audience measuring service, into approximately 210
generally recognized television markets or DMAs. These markets
are ranked in size according to various formulae based upon
actual or potential audience. Each DMA is an exclusive
geographic area consisting of all counties in which the
home-market commercial stations receive the greatest percentage
of total viewing hours. Nielsen periodically publishes data on
estimated audiences for the television stations in the various
television markets throughout the country.
Station
Network Affiliations
Four major broadcast networks, ABC, NBC, CBS and FOX, dominate
broadcast television in terms of the amount of original
programming provided to network affiliates. CW and MyNetworkTV
provide their affiliates with a smaller portion of each
days programming compared to ABC, NBC, CBS and FOX.
Most successful commercial television stations obtain their
brand identity from locally produced news programs.
Notwithstanding this, however, the affiliation of a station with
one of the four major networks can have a significant impact on
the stations programming, revenues, expenses and
operations. A typical affiliate of these networks receives the
majority of each days programming from the network. The
network provides an affiliate this programming, along with cash
payments (network compensation) in certain
instances, in exchange for a substantial majority of the
advertising time available for sale during the airing of network
programs. The network then sells this advertising time and
retains the revenues. The affiliate retains revenues from
advertising time sold for time periods between network programs
and for programs the affiliate produces or purchases from
non-network
sources. In seeking to acquire programming to supplement
network-supplied programming, the affiliates compete primarily
with other affiliates and independent stations in their markets.
Cable systems generally do not compete with local stations for
programming, although various national cable networks from time
to time have acquired programs that would have otherwise been
offered to local television stations.
A television station may also acquire programming through barter
arrangements. Under a barter arrangement, a national program
distributor retains a fixed amount of advertising time within
the program in exchange for the programming it supplies. The
television station may pay a fixed fee for such programming.
We account for trade or barter transactions involving the
exchange of tangible goods or services with our customers. The
revenue is recorded at the time the advertisement is broadcast
and the expense is recorded at the time the goods or services
are used. The revenue and expense associated with these
transactions are based on the fair value of the assets or
services received.
We do not account for barter revenue and related barter expense
generated from network or syndicated programming.
In contrast to a network-affiliated station, independent
stations purchase or produce all of the programming they
broadcast, generally resulting in higher programming costs.
Independent stations, however, retain their entire inventory of
advertising time and all related revenues. When compared to
major networks such as ABC, CBS, NBC and FOX, certain networks
such as CW and MyNetworkTV produce a smaller amount of
network-provided programming. Affiliates of CW or MyNetworkTV
must purchase or produce a greater amount of their
non-network
programming, generally resulting in higher programming costs.
Affiliates of CW or MyNetworkTV retain a larger portion of their
advertising time inventory and the related revenues compared to
stations affiliated with the major networks.
65
Cable-originated programming is a significant competitor of
broadcast television programming. However, no single cable
programming network regularly attains audience levels exceeding
a small fraction of those of any major broadcast network. Cable
networks advertising share has increased due to the growth
in cable penetration (the percentage of television households
that are connected to a cable system). Despite increases in
cable viewership, and increases in advertising, growth in direct
broadcast satellite (DBS) and other multi-channel
video program distribution services,
over-the-air
broadcasting remains the dominant distribution system for
mass-market television advertising.
Seasonality
Broadcast advertising revenues are generally highest in the
second and fourth quarters each year. This seasonality results
partly from increases in consumer advertising in the spring and
retail advertising in the period leading up to and including the
holiday season. Broadcast advertising revenues are also
generally higher in even-numbered years, due to spending by
political candidates, political parties and special interest
groups. This political spending typically is heaviest during the
fourth quarter.
Competition
Television stations compete for audiences, certain programming
(including news) and advertisers. Signal coverage and assigned
frequency also materially affect a television stations
competitive position.
Audience
Stations compete for audience based on broadcast program
popularity, which has a direct effect on advertising rates.
Affiliated networks supply a substantial portion of our
stations daily programming. Stations depend on the
performance of the network programs to attract viewers. There
can be no assurance that any such current or future programming
created by our affiliated networks will achieve or maintain
satisfactory viewership levels in the future. Stations program
non-network
time periods with a combination of locally produced news, public
affairs and other entertainment programming, including national
news or syndicated programs purchased for cash, cash and barter,
or barter only.
Cable and satellite television have significantly altered
competition for audience in the television industry. Cable and
satellite television can increase a broadcasting stations
competition for viewers by bringing into the market distant
broadcasting signals not otherwise available to the
stations audience and by serving as a distribution system
for non-broadcast programming.
Other sources of competition include home entertainment systems,
wireless cable services, satellite master antenna
television systems, low-power television stations, television
translator stations, DBS video distribution services and the
internet.
Recent developments by many companies, including internet
service providers, are expanding the variety and quality of
broadcast content on the internet. Internet companies have
developed business relationships with companies that have
traditionally provided syndicated programming, network
television and other content. As a result, additional
programming is becoming available through non-traditional
methods, which can directly impact the number of TV viewers, and
thus indirectly impact station rankings, popularity and revenue
possibilities from our stations.
Programming
Competition for
non-network
programming involves negotiating with national program
distributors, or syndicators, that sell first-run and rerun
programming packages. Each station competes against the other
broadcast stations in its market for exclusive access to
off-network
reruns (such as Friends) and first-run programming (such as
Oprah). Broadcast stations compete also for exclusive news
stories and features. Cable systems generally do not compete
with local stations for programming, although various national
cable networks from time to time have acquired programs that
would have otherwise been offered to local television stations.
66
Advertising
Advertising rates are based upon: (i) the size of a
stations market, (ii) a stations overall
ratings, (iii) a programs popularity among targeted
viewers, (iv) the number of advertisers competing for
available time, (v) the demographic makeup of the
stations market, (vi) the availability of alternative
advertising media in the market, (vii) the presence of
effective sales forces and (viii) the development of
projects, features and programs that tie advertiser messages to
programming. Advertising revenues comprise the primary source of
revenues for our stations. Our stations compete with other
television stations for advertising revenues in their respective
markets. Our stations also compete for advertising revenue with
other media, such as newspapers, radio stations, magazines,
outdoor advertising, transit advertising, yellow page
directories, direct mail, internet and local cable systems. In
the broadcasting industry, advertising revenue competition
occurs primarily within individual markets.
Federal
Regulation of Our Business
General
Under the Communications Act, television broadcast operations
such as ours are subject to the jurisdiction of the FCC. Among
other things, the Communications Act empowers the FCC to:
(i) issue, revoke and modify broadcasting licenses;
(ii) regulate stations operations and equipment; and
(iii) impose penalties for violations of the Communications
Act or FCC regulations. The Communications Act prohibits the
assignment of a license or the transfer of control of a licensee
without prior FCC approval.
License
Grant and Renewal
The FCC grants broadcast licenses to television stations for
terms of up to eight years. Broadcast licenses are of paramount
importance to the operations of our television stations. The
Communications Act requires the FCC to renew a licensees
broadcast license if the FCC finds that: (i) the station
has served the public interest, convenience and necessity;
(ii) there have been no serious violations of either the
Communications Act or the FCCs rules and regulations; and
(iii) there have been no other violations which, taken
together, would constitute a pattern of abuse. Historically the
FCC has renewed broadcast licenses in substantially all cases.
While we are not currently aware of any facts or circumstances
that might prevent the renewal of our stations licenses at
the end of their respective license terms, we cannot provide any
assurances that any license could be renewed. Our failure to
renew any licenses upon the expiration of any license term could
have a material adverse effect on our business. Under FCC rules,
a license expiration date is automatically extended pending the
review and approval of the renewal application. For further
information regarding the expiration dates of our stations
current licenses and renewal application status, see the table
under the heading Our Stations and Their Markets.
Ownership
Rules
The FCCs broadcast ownership rules affect the number, type
and location of broadcast and newspaper properties that we may
hold or acquire. The rules now in effect limit the common
ownership, operation or control of, and attributable
interests or voting power in: (i) television stations
serving the same area; (ii) television stations and daily
newspapers serving the same area; and (iii) television
stations and radio stations serving the same area. The rules
also limit the aggregate national audience reach of television
stations that may be under common ownership, operation and
control, or in which a single person or entity may hold an
official position or have more than a specified interest or
percentage of voting power. The FCCs rules also define the
types of positions and interests that are considered
attributable for purposes of the ownership limits, and thus also
apply to our principals and certain investors.
The FCC is required by statute to review all of its broadcast
ownership rules every four years to determine if such rules
remain necessary in the public interest. The FCC completed a
comprehensive review of its ownership rules in 2003,
significantly relaxing restrictions on the common ownership of
television stations, radio stations and daily newspapers within
the same local market. However, in 2004, the United States Court
of Appeals for the Third Circuit vacated many of the FCCs
2003 rule changes. The court
67
remanded the rules to the FCC for further proceedings and
extended a stay on the implementation of the new rules. In 2007,
the FCC adopted a Report and Order addressing the issues
remanded by the Third Circuit and fulfilling the FCCs
obligation to review its media ownership rules every four years.
That Order left most of the FCCs pre-2003 ownership
restrictions in place, but made modifications to the
newspaper/broadcast cross-ownership restriction. A number of
parties appealed the FCCs order; those appeals were
consolidated in the Third Circuit in 2008 and remain pending.
The Third Circuit initially stayed implementation of the 2007
changes to the newspaper/broadcast cross-ownership restriction,
but recently lifted the stay and set a briefing schedule for the
pending appeals. We cannot provide any assurances regarding the
outcome of the appeals, or the potential impact thereof on our
business. In 2010, the FCC again will be required to undertake a
comprehensive review of its broadcast ownership rules to
determine whether the rules remain necessary in the public
interest.
Local
TV Ownership Rule
The FCCs 2007 actions generally reinstated the FCCs
pre-2003 local television ownership rules. Under those rules,
one entity may own two commercial television stations in a DMA
as long as no more than one of those stations is ranked among
the top four stations in the DMA and eight independently owned,
full-power stations will remain in the DMA. Waivers of this rule
may be available if at least one of the stations in a proposed
combination qualifies, pursuant to specific criteria set forth
in the FCCs rules, as failed, failing, or unbuilt. The FCC
has recently initiated a proceeding to reexamine these rules. No
assurances can be provided as to the timing or outcome of any
such proceedings, or their impact on our business, financial
condition or results of operations.
Cross-Media
Limits
The newspaper/broadcast cross-ownership rule generally prohibits
one entity from owning both a commercial broadcast station and a
daily newspaper in the same community. The radio/television
cross-ownership rule allows a party to own one or two TV
stations and a varying number of radio stations within a single
market. The FCCs 2007 decision left the pre-2003
newspaper/broadcast and radio/television cross-ownership
restrictions in place, but provided that the FCC would evaluate
newly-proposed newspaper/broadcast combinations under a
non-exhaustive list of four public interest factors and apply
positive or negative presumptions in specific circumstances. As
noted above, a stay implemented by the Third Circuit that
precluded these rule changes from taking effect recently was
lifted, and the FCC has subsequently initiated a proceeding to
reexamine these rules. No assurances can be provided as to the
timing or outcome of any such proceedings, or their impact on
our business, financial condition or results of operations.
National
Television Station Ownership Rule
The maximum percentage of U.S. households that a single
owner can reach through commonly owned television stations is
39 percent. This limit was specified by Congress in 2004
and is not affected by the December 2007 FCC decision. The FCC
applies a 50 percent discount for ultra-high
frequency (UHF) stations, but the FCC indicated in
the 2007 decision that it will conduct a separate proceeding to
determine how or whether the UHF discount will operate in the
future.
As indicated above, the FCCs latest actions concerning
media ownership are subject to further judicial and FCC review.
We cannot predict the outcome of potential appellate litigation
or FCC action.
Attribution
Rules
Under the FCCs ownership rules, a direct or indirect
purchaser of certain types of our securities could violate FCC
regulations if that purchaser owned or acquired an
attributable interest in other media properties in
the same areas as our stations. Pursuant to FCC rules, the
following relationships and interests are generally considered
attributable for purposes of broadcast ownership restrictions:
(i) all officers and directors of a corporate licensee and
its direct or indirect parent(s); (ii) voting stock
interests of at least five percent; (iii) voting stock
interests of at least 20 percent, if the holder is a
passive
68
institutional investor (such as an investment company, bank, or
insurance company); (iv) any equity interest in a limited
partnership or limited liability company, unless properly
insulated from management activities;
(v) equity
and/or debt
interests that in the aggregate exceed 33 percent of a
licensees total assets, if the interest holder supplies
more than 15 percent of the stations total weekly
programming or is a same-market broadcast company or daily
newspaper publisher; (vi) time brokerage of a broadcast
station by a same-market broadcast company; and
(vii) same-market radio joint sales agreements. The FCC is
also considering deeming same-market television joint sales
agreements attributable. Management services agreements and
other types of shared services arrangements between same-market
stations that do not include attributable time brokerage or
joint sales components generally are not deemed attributable
under the FCCs rules.
To our knowledge, no officer, director or five percent
stockholder currently holds an attributable interest in another
television station, radio station or daily newspaper that is
inconsistent with the FCCs ownership rules and policies or
with our ownership of our stations.
Alien
Ownership Restrictions
The Communications Act restricts the ability of foreign entities
or individuals to own or hold interests in broadcast licenses.
The Communications Act bars the following from holding broadcast
licenses: foreign governments, representatives of foreign
governments, non-citizens, representatives of non-citizens, and
corporations or partnerships organized under the laws of a
foreign nation. Foreign individuals or entities, collectively,
may directly or indirectly own or vote no more than
20 percent of the capital stock of a licensee or
25 percent of the capital stock of a corporation that
directly or indirectly controls a licensee. The 20 percent
limit on foreign ownership of a licensee may not be waived.
While the FCC has the discretion to permit foreign ownership in
excess of 25 percent in a corporation controlling a
licensee, it has rarely done so in the broadcast context.
We serve as a holding company of wholly owned subsidiaries, one
of which is a licensee for our stations. Therefore we may be
restricted from having more than one-fourth of our stock owned
or voted directly or indirectly by non-citizens, foreign
governments, representatives of non-citizens or foreign
governments, or foreign corporations.
Programming
and Operations
Rules and policies of the FCC and other federal agencies
regulate certain programming practices and other areas affecting
the business or operations of broadcast stations.
The Childrens Television Act of 1990 limits commercial
matter in childrens television programs and requires
stations to present educational and informational
childrens programming. Broadcasters are required to
provide at least three hours of childrens educational
programming per week on their primary digital channels. This
requirement increases proportionately with each free video
programming stream a station broadcasts simultaneously
(multicasts). In October 2009, the FCC issued a
Notice of Inquiry (NOI) seeking comment on a broad
range of issues related to childrens usage of electronic
media and the current regulatory landscape that governs the
availability of electronic media to children. The NOI remains
pending, and we cannot predict what recommendations or further
action, if any, will result from it.
In 2007 the FCC adopted an order imposing on broadcasters new
public filing and public interest reporting requirements. These
new requirements must be approved by the Office of Management
and Budget before they become effective, and the OMB has not yet
approved them. It is unclear when, if ever, these rules will be
implemented. Pursuant to these new requirements, stations that
have websites will be required to make certain portions of their
public inspection files accessible online. Stations also will be
required to file electronically every quarter a new,
standardized form that will track various types and quantities
of local programming. The form will require information about
programming related to: (i) local news and community
issues, (ii) local civic affairs, (iii) local
electoral affairs, (iv) underserved communities,
(v) public service announcements (vi) independently
produced programming, and (vii) religious programming.
Stations will also have to describe: (i) any efforts made
to assess the programming needs of their stations
community, (ii) whether the station is providing required
close captioning, (iii) efforts to make emergency
information
69
accessible to persons with disabilities and (iv), if applicable,
any local marketing or joint sales agreements involving the
station. If implemented as proposed by the FCC, the new
standardized form will significantly increase recordkeeping
requirements for television broadcasters. Several station owners
and other interested parties have asked the FCC to reconsider
the new reporting requirements and have sought to postpone their
implementation. In addition, the order imposing the new rules is
currently on appeal in the U.S. Court of Appeals for the
District of Columbia Circuit.
In 2007, the FCC issued a Report on Broadcast Localism and
Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (the Report). The
Report tentatively concluded that broadcast licensees should be
required to have regular meetings with permanent local advisory
boards to ascertain the needs and interests of their
communities. The Report also tentatively adopted specific
renewal application processing guidelines that would require
broadcasters to air a minimum amount of local programming. The
Report sought public comment on two additional rule changes that
would impact television broadcasters. These rule changes would
restrict a broadcasters ability to locate a stations
main studio outside the community of license and the right to
operate a station remotely. To date, the FCC has not issued a
final order on the matter. We cannot predict whether or when the
FCC will codify some or all of the specific localism initiatives
discussed in the Report.
Over the past few years, the FCC has increased its enforcement
efforts regarding broadcast indecency and profanity. In 2006,
the statutory maximum fine for broadcast indecency material
increased from $32,500 to $325,000 per incident. Several
judicial appeals of FCC indecency enforcement actions are
currently pending, and their outcomes could affect future FCC
policies in this area.
EEO
Rules
The FCCs Equal Employment Opportunity (EEO)
rules impose job information dissemination, recruitment,
documentation and reporting requirements on broadcast station
licensees. Broadcasters are subject to random audits to ensure
compliance with the EEO rules and could be sanctioned for
noncompliance.
Cable
and Satellite Transmission of Local Television
Signals
Under FCC regulations, cable systems must devote a specified
portion of their channel capacity to the carriage of local
television station signals. Television stations may elect
between must carry rights or a right to restrict or
prevent cable systems from carrying the stations signal
without the stations permission (retransmission
consent). Stations must make this election at the same
time once every three years, and did so most recently on
October 1, 2008. All broadcast stations that made carriage
decisions on October 1, 2008 will be bound by their
decisions until the end of the current three year cycle on
December 31, 2011. Our stations have generally elected
retransmission consent and have entered into carriage agreements
with cable systems serving their markets.
For those markets in which a DBS carrier provides any local
signal, the FCC also has established a market-specific
requirement for mandatory carriage of local television stations
by DBS operators similar to that for cable systems. The FCC has
also adopted rules relating to station eligibility for DBS
carriage and subscriber eligibility for receiving signals. There
are specific statutory requirements relating to satellite
distribution of distant network signals to unserved
households, households that do not receive a Grade B
signal from a local network affiliate. A law governing DBS
distribution, the Satellite Home Viewer Extension and
Reauthorization Act of 2004 (SHVERA), was scheduled
to expire at the end of 2009. Congress has extended SHVERA three
times. The most recent extension maintains the current law until
April 30, 2010. A long-term extension and revision of
SHVERA is still expected to be finalized in the near future. We
cannot predict the impact of DBS service on our business. We
have, however, entered into retransmission consent agreements
with DISH Network and DirectTV for the retransmission of our
television stations signals into the local markets that
each of these DBS providers respectively serves.
Digital
Television Service
In 1997, the FCC adopted rules for implementing digital
television (DTV) service. On June 12, 2009, the
U.S. finalized its transition from analog to digital
service, and full-power television stations were required
70
to cease analog operations and commence digital-only operations.
The DTV transition has improved the technical quality of
viewers television signals and given broadcasters the
ability to provide new services, such as high definition
television.
Broadcasters may use their digital spectrum to provide either a
single DTV signal or multicast several program streams.
Broadcasters also may use some of their digital spectrum to
offer non-broadcast ancillary services such as
subscription video, data transfer or audio signals. However,
broadcasters must pay the government a fee of five percent of
gross revenues received from such ancillary services. Under the
FCCs rules relating to digital broadcasters
must carry rights (which apply to cable and certain
DBS systems) digital stations asserting must carry
rights are entitled to carriage of only a single programming
stream and other program-related content on that
stream, even if they multicast. Now that the DTV transition is
complete, cable operators have two options to ensure that all
analog cable subscribers continue to be able to receive the
signals of stations electing must-carry status. They may choose
either to (i) broadcast the signal in digital format for
digital customers and down-convert the signal to
analog format for analog customers or (ii) deliver the
signal in digital format to all subscribers and ensure that all
subscribers with analog service have set-top boxes that convert
the digital signal to analog format.
Currently, all of our full-power stations are broadcasting
digitally. In 2009, we also began testing mobile DTV broadcasts
in one of our markets. Consumers are able to view these
broadcasts on handheld devices equipped with a DTV receiver. To
date, the FCC has not adopted any regulations that are specific
to mobile DTV services, and we cannot predict whether it will do
so in the future.
The FCC has adopted rules and procedures regarding the digital
conversion of Low Power Television (LPTV) stations,
TV translator stations and TV booster stations. Under these
rules, existing LPTV and TV translator stations may convert to
digital operations on their current channels. Alternatively,
LPTV and translator licenses may seek a digital
companion channel for their analog station
operations. At a later date, the FCC will determine the date by
which those stations obtaining a digital companion channel must
surrender one of their channels.
Beginning December 31, 2006, DTV broadcasters were required
to comply with Emergency Alert System (EAS) rules
and ensure that viewers of all programming streams can receive
EAS messages.
Broadcast
Spectrum
On March 16, 2010, the FCC delivered to Congress a
National Broadband Plan. The National Broadband
Plan, inter alia, makes recommendations regarding the use of
spectrum currently allocated to television broadcasters,
including seeking the voluntary surrender of certain portions of
the television broadcast spectrum and repacking the currently
allocated spectrum to make portions of that spectrum available
for other wireless communications services. If some or all of
our television stations are required to change frequencies or
reduce the amount of spectrum they use, our stations could incur
substantial conversion costs, reduction or loss of
over-the-air
signal coverage or an inability to provide high definition
programming and additional program streams, including mobile
video services. Prior to implementation of the proposals
contained in the National Broadband Plan, further action by the
FCC or Congress or both is necessary. We cannot predict the
likelihood, timing or outcome of any Congressional or FCC
regulatory action in this regard nor the impact of any such
changes upon our business.
The foregoing does not purport to be a complete summary of the
Communications Act, other applicable statutes, or the FCCs
rules, regulations or policies. Proposals for additional or
revised regulations and requirements are pending before, are
being considered by, and may in the future be considered by,
Congress and federal regulatory agencies from time to time. We
cannot predict the effect of any existing or proposed federal
legislation, regulations or policies on our business. Also,
several of the foregoing matters are now, or may become, the
subject of litigation, and we cannot predict the outcome of any
such litigation or the effect on our business.
71
Employees
As of December 31, 2009, we had 1,954 full-time
employees and 254 part-time employees. As of
December 31, 2009, we had 100 full-time employees and
19 part-time employees that were represented by unions. We
consider relations with our employees to be good.
Legal
Proceedings
From time to time, the Company and its operations are parties
to, or targets of, lawsuits, claims, investigations and
proceedings. Any such claims are handled and defended in the
ordinary course of business. While the Company is unable to
predict the outcome of these matters, we do not believe, based
upon currently available facts, that the ultimate resolution of
any such pending matters will have a material adverse effect on
our overall financial condition, results of operations, or cash
flows. However, adverse developments could negatively impact
earnings or cash flows in a particular future period.
72
COMPANY
MANAGEMENT AND DIRECTORS
The following table sets forth information about our executive
officers and directors.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name
|
|
Age
|
|
Position Held With Gray
|
|
Hilton H. Howell, Jr.
|
|
|
48
|
|
|
Chief Executive Officer, Vice Chairman and Director
|
William E. Mayher, III
|
|
|
70
|
|
|
Chairman of the Board of Directors
|
Robert S. Prather, Jr.
|
|
|
65
|
|
|
President, Chief Operating Officer and Director
|
James C. Ryan
|
|
|
49
|
|
|
Chief Financial Officer and Senior Vice President
|
Robert A. Beizer
|
|
|
70
|
|
|
Vice President for Law and Development and Secretary
|
J. Mack Robinson
|
|
|
85
|
|
|
Director and Chairman Emeritus
|
Richard L. Boger
|
|
|
62
|
|
|
Director
|
Ray M. Deaver
|
|
|
68
|
|
|
Director
|
T.L. Elder
|
|
|
70
|
|
|
Director
|
Zell B. Miller
|
|
|
77
|
|
|
Director
|
Howell W. Newton
|
|
|
62
|
|
|
Director
|
Hugh E. Norton
|
|
|
76
|
|
|
Director
|
Harriett J. Robinson
|
|
|
78
|
|
|
Director
|
Set forth below is certain information concerning the business
experience during the past five years of each of the individuals
named above.
Hilton H. Howell, Jr. has been our Chief Executive
Officer since August 20, 2008 and has also served as
Vice-Chairman since September 2002. Before that, he had been our
Executive Vice President since September 2000. He has served as
one of our directors since 1993. He has served as President and
Chief Executive Officer of Atlantic American Corporation, an
insurance holding company, since 1995, and as Chairman of that
Company since February 24, 2009. He has been Executive Vice
President and General Counsel of Delta Life Insurance Company
and Delta Fire and Casualty Insurance Company since 1991. He has
served as Vice Chairman of Bankers Fidelity Life Insurance
Company since 1992 and Vice Chairman of Georgia
Casualty & Surety Company from 1992 through 2008. He
served as Chairman of the Board of TCM, from December 2005 until
December 2009. Mr. Howell also serves as a director of
Atlantic American Corporation and its subsidiaries American
Southern Insurance Company, American Safety Insurance Company
and Bankers Fidelity Life Insurance Company, as well as Delta
Life Insurance Company and Delta Fire and Casualty Insurance
Company. He is the
son-in-law
of Mr. J. Mack Robinson and Mrs. Harriett J. Robinson,
both members of our board of directors.
William E. Mayher, III is a member of the Executive
Committee, the Audit Committee, the Management Personnel
Committee and the 2007 Long Term Incentive Plan Committee of our
Board of Directors and has served as Chairman of our Board of
Directors since August 1993. Dr. Mayher was a neurosurgeon
in Albany, Georgia from 1970 to 1998. Dr. Mayher is the
Chairman of the Medical College of Georgia Foundation and a past
member of the Board of Directors of the American Association of
Neurological Surgeons. He also serves as a director of Palmyra
Medical Centers and Chairman of the Albany Dougherty County
Airport Commission.
Robert S. Prather, Jr. has served as our President
and Chief Operating Officer since September 2002. He has served
as one of our directors since 1993. He has been a director of
TCM since 1994, and served as Chairman of TCM from December 2005
until November 2007. He served as President and Chief Executive
Officer of TCM from May 2005 to December 30, 2005, and has
served in that position since November 2007. TCM filed for
protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S. bankruptcy
code on September 14, 2009. The order confirming the Plan
of Reorganization under Chapter 11 of the bankruptcy code
became effective December 8, 2009. He serves as an advisory
director of Swiss Army Brands, Inc., and serves on the Board of
Trustees of the Georgia World Congress Center Authority. He also
serves as a member of the Board of Directors for GAMCO
Investors, Inc., Gaylord Entertainment Company and Victory
Ventures, Inc.
73
James C. Ryan has served as our Chief Financial Officer
since October 1998 and Senior Vice President since September
2002. Before that, he had been our Vice President since October
1998.
Robert A. Beizer has served as our Vice President for Law
and Development and Secretary since 1996. From June 1994 to
February 1996, he was of counsel to Venable, LLC, a law firm, in
its regulatory and legislative practice group. From 1990 to
1994, Mr. Beizer was a partner in the law firm of
Sidley & Austin and was head of their communications
practice group in Washington, D.C. He is a past president
of the Federal Communications Bar Association and has served as
a member of the American Bar Association House of Delegates. He
is a member of the ABA Forum Committee on Communications Law.
J. Mack Robinson was our Chairman and Chief
Executive Officer from September 2002 until August 2008. Prior
to that, he was our President and Chief Executive Officer from
1996 through September 2002. He is Chairman Emeritus of our
Board of Directors. Mr. Robinson has served as Chairman of
the Board and President of Delta Life Insurance Company and
Delta Fire and Casualty Insurance Company since 1958.
Mr. Robinson served as Chairman of the Board of Atlantic
American Corporation, an insurance holding company, from 1974 to
February 2009 and has served as Chairman Emeritus of Atlantic
American Corporation since February 2009. Mr. Robinson also
serves as a director of the following companies: Bankers
Fidelity Life Insurance Company, American Southern Insurance
Company and American Safety Insurance Company. Mr. Robinson
is the husband of Mrs. Harriett J. Robinson and the
father-in-law
of Mr. Hilton H. Howell, Jr., both members of our
Board of Directors.
Richard L. Boger is a member of the Audit Committee of
our Board of Directors. Mr. Boger has been President and
Chief Executive Officer of Lex-Tek International, Inc., an
insurance software company, since February 2002. Since July
2003, he has also served as business manager for Owen Holdings,
LLLP, a Georgia Limited Liability Limited Partnership; since
July 2004, has served as General Partner of Shawnee Meadow
Holdings, LLLP, a Georgia Limited Liability Limited Partnership;
and since March 2006 has served as business manager for
Heathland Holdings, LLLP, a Georgia Limited Liability Limited
Partnership. He also serves as a member of the Board of Trustees
of Corner Cap Group of Funds, a series mutual fund.
Ray M. Deaver is Chairman of the Management Personnel
Committee and a member of the 2007 Long Term Incentive Plan
Committee of our Board of Directors. Prior to his appointment to
our Board of Directors, Mr. Deaver served as our Regional
Vice President-Texas from October 1999 until his retirement in
2001. He was the President and General Manager of KWTX
Broadcasting Company and President of Brazos Broadcasting
Company from November 1997 until their acquisition by us in
October 1999.
T.L. (Gene) Elder is a member the Audit Committee of our
Board of Directors. Until May 2003, Mr. Elder was a partner
of Tatum, LLC, a national firm of career chief financial
officers, and since 2004 has been a Senior Partner of that firm.
Zell B. Miller is a member of the Management Personnel
Committee and the 2007 Long Term Incentive Plan Committee of our
Board of Directors. He was U.S. Senator from Georgia from
July 2000 until his retirement in January 2005. Prior to that
time he was Governor of the State of Georgia from 1991 until
1999 and Lieutenant Governor from 1975 until 1991. He is a
Director Emeritus of the Board of Directors of United Community
Banks, Inc. in Blairsville, Georgia.
Howell W. Newton is Chairman of the Audit Committee of
our Board of Directors. Since 1978, Mr. Newton has been
President and Treasurer of Trio Manufacturing Co., a real estate
and investment company.
Hugh E. Norton is Chairman of the 2007 Long Term
Incentive Plan Committee and is a member of the Management
Personnel Committee of our Board of Directors. Mr. Norton
has been President of Norco, Inc., an insurance agency, since
1973 and also is a real estate developer in Destin, Florida.
Harriett J. Robinson has been a director of Atlantic
American Corporation since 1989. Mrs. Robinson has also
been a director of Delta Life Insurance Company and Delta Fire
and Casualty Insurance Company since 1967. Mrs. Robinson is
the wife of Mr. J. Mack Robinson and the
mother-in-law
of Mr. Hilton H. Howell, Jr., both members of our
Board of Directors.
74
CERTAIN
RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
We obtain certain liability, umbrella and workers
compensation insurance coverages through Insurance Associates of
Georgia, an insurance agency that is owned by a
son-in-law
of Hugh E. Norton, one of our directors. During 2009, in
connection with these coverages, Insurance Associates of Georgia
retained commissions of $130,577 paid to it by the various
insurance companies providing insurance to us and paid $96,640
of such commissions to Norco Holdings, Inc., an insurance
agency, of which Mr. Norton is President and which is owned
by Mr. Nortons wife and daughter. The Board of
Directors has reviewed these arrangements and has determined
that, notwithstanding these payments, Mr. Norton is
independent in accordance with Section 303A.02(b) of the
New York Stock Exchange listing standards and the standards set
forth in the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the
Code) and the Exchange Act.
In December 2008, we entered into a consulting contract with
Mr. Robinson in which he agreed to consult and advise us
with respect to its television stations and all related matters
in connection with various proposed or existing television
stations. In return for these services, Mr. Robinson
received compensation of $400,000 for the year ended
December 31, 2009. Mr. Robinson serves as a member of
our Board of Directors and as Chairman Emeritus.
DESCRIPTION
OF OTHER INDEBTEDNESS AND CERTAIN OTHER OBLIGATIONS
This description contains a summary of our outstanding
indebtedness and certain other obligations. This description is
only a summary of the applicable obligations. The following
summaries do not purport to be complete and are subject to, and
qualified in their entirety by reference to, all of the
provisions of the corresponding agreements, including the
definitions of certain terms therein that are not otherwise
defined in this prospectus.
Senior
Credit Facility
Our senior credit facility consists of a revolving loan and a
term loan. The amount outstanding under our senior credit
facility as of March 31, 2010 was $789.8 million,
consisting solely of the term loan and excluding the facility
fee as described below. On that date and after giving effect to
the offering of original notes and the use of proceeds
therefrom, we had $489.8 million outstanding under the
senior credit facility. The maximum borrowing capacity available
under the revolving loan was $40.0 million. Of the maximum
borrowing capacity available under our revolving loan, the
amount that we can draw is limited by certain restrictive
covenants, including our total net leverage ratio covenant.
Based on such covenant, as of March 31, 2010, we could have
drawn $40.0 million under the revolving loan.
Under our revolving and term loans, we can choose to pay
interest at an annual rate equal to LIBOR plus 3.5%, or the
lenders base rate, generally equal to the lenders
prime rate, plus 2.5%. This interest is payable in cash
throughout the year.
In addition, on March 31, 2009, we began to incur a
facility fee at an annual rate of 3.0% on all principal balances
outstanding under the revolving and term loans. For the period
from March 31, 2009 until April 30, 2010, the annual
facility fee for the revolving and term loans accrued, and is
payable on the respective revolving and term loan maturity
dates. The revolving loan and term loan maturity dates are
March 19, 2014 and December 31, 2014, respectively.
For the period from April 30, 2010 until maturity of the
senior credit facility, the annual facility fee is payable in
cash on a quarterly basis and the amount accrued through
April 30, 2010 bears interest at an annual rate of 6.5%,
payable quarterly in arrears. As of March 31, 2010, our
accrued facility fee of $24.2 million was classified as a
long-term liability on our balance sheet. The accrued facility
fee is included in determining the amount of total debt in
calculating our total net leverage ratio covenant as defined in
our senior credit facility.
The average interest rate on our total debt outstanding under
the senior credit facility as of March 31, 2010 was 8.8%.
This rate is as of the period end and does not include the
effects of our interest rate swap agreements. Including the
effects of our interest rate swap agreements, the average
interest rate on our total debt outstanding under the senior
credit facility at March 31, 2010 was 11.8%.
75
Also under our revolving loan, we pay a commitment fee on the
average daily unused portion of the revolving loan availability.
As of March 31, 2010, the annual commitment fee was 0.5%.
Collateral
and Restrictions
The collateral for our senior credit facility consists of
substantially all of our and our subsidiaries assets. In
addition, our subsidiaries are joint and several guarantors of
the obligations and our ownership interests in our subsidiaries
are pledged to collateralize the obligations. The senior credit
facility contains affirmative and restrictive covenants. These
covenants include but are not limited to (i) limitations on
additional indebtedness, (ii) limitations on liens,
(iii) limitations on amendments to our by-laws and articles
of incorporation, (iv) limitations on mergers and the sale
of assets, (v) limitations on guarantees,
(vi) limitations on investments and acquisitions,
(vii) limitations on the payment of dividends and the
redemption of our capital stock, (vii) maintenance of a
specified total net leverage ratio not to exceed certain maximum
limits, (viii) limitations on related party transactions,
(ix) limitations on the purchase of real estate, and
(x) limitations on entering into multiemployer retirement
plans, as well as other customary covenants for credit
facilities of this type. As of March 31, 2010, we were in
compliance with all restrictive covenants as required by our
senior credit facility.
We are a holding company with no material independent assets or
operations, other than our investments in our subsidiaries. The
aggregate assets, liabilities, earnings and equity of the
subsidiary guarantors (as defined in and for purposes of our
senior credit facility) are substantially equivalent to our
assets, liabilities, earnings and equity on a consolidated
basis. The subsidiary guarantors are, directly or indirectly,
our wholly owned subsidiaries and the guarantees of the
subsidiary guarantors are full, unconditional and joint and
several. All of our current and future direct and indirect
subsidiaries are and will be guarantors under the senior credit
facility.
The 2010 amendment, among other things, increased the maximum
amount of the total net leverage ratio covenant thereunder
through March 31, 2011, and reduced the maximum
availability under the revolving loan to $40.0 million.
The 2010 amendment also imposed an additional fee, equal to 2.0%
per annum, payable quarterly, in arrears, until such time as we
completed an offering of capital stock or certain debt
securities that resulted in the repayment of not less than
$200.0 million of the term loan outstanding under our
senior credit facility. That fee was eliminated upon the
repayment of amounts under the term loan which occurred upon the
completion of the offering of original notes and use of proceeds
thereof. In addition, upon completion of a financing that
results in the repayment of at least $200.0 million of our
term loan, we achieved additional flexibility under various
covenants in our senior credit facility. After completing the
offering of original notes and using the net proceeds to repay
at least $200.0 million of our term loan, the 2.0% per
annum fee was eliminated, the facility fee was reduced, and the
terms of certain restrictive covenants were improved. The use of
proceeds from any issuance of additional securities is generally
limited to the repayment of amounts outstanding under our term
loan and, in certain circumstances, to the repurchase of
outstanding shares of our Series D perpetual preferred
stock. For additional details regarding the March 2010 amendment
to our senior credit facility, see Note 14.
Subsequent Event Long-term Debt
Amendment to our audited financial statements included
elsewhere herein.
76
A summary of certain significant terms contained in our senior
credit facility (i) giving effect to the 2010 amendment and
(ii) as so amended and after giving affect to the
completion of the offering of original notes and the repayment
of not less than $200.0 million of the term loan
outstanding under our senior credit facility, is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As Amended and
|
|
|
|
|
Prior to
|
|
As Amended and
|
|
|
the Offering of
|
|
After Giving Effect to
|
|
|
Original
|
|
the Offering of
|
|
|
Notes and Related
|
|
Original Notes and
|
|
|
Repayment of
|
|
Related Repayment of
|
Description
|
|
Term Loan
|
|
Term Loan
|
|
Annual interest rate on outstanding term loan balance
|
|
LIBOR plus 3.5%
or BASE plus 2.5%
|
|
Same
|
Annual interest rate on outstanding revolving loan balance
|
|
LIBOR plus 3.5%
or BASE plus 2.5%
|
|
Same
|
Annual facility fee rate
|
|
3.0% with
a potential
reduction in
future periods
|
|
1.25% with
a potential
reduction in
future periods.
|
Annual incentive fee rate
|
|
2.0%
|
|
0.0%
|
Annual commitment fee on undrawn revolving loan balance
|
|
0.50%
|
|
Same
|
Revolving loan commitment
|
|
$40 million
|
|
$40 million
|
Maximum total net leverage ratio at:
|
|
|
|
|
March 31, 2010 through June 29, 2010
|
|
9.00x
|
|
Replaced with first
|
June 30, 2010 through September 29, 2010
|
|
9.50x
|
|
lien leverage test
|
September 30, 2010 through March 30, 2011
|
|
9.75x
|
|
|
March 31, 2011 and thereafter
|
|
6.50x
|
|
|
Minimum fixed charge coverage ratio
|
|
None
|
|
0.90x to 1.0x
|
Maximum cash balance that can be deducted from total debt to
calculate total net debt in the total net leverage ratio (or
first lien leverage test, as applicable)
|
|
$10.0 million
|
|
$15.0 million
|
As a result of the repayment of in excess of $250.0 million
of the term loan outstanding under the senior credit facility,
certain fees thereunder were further reduced, and we were able
to achieve certain additional covenant relief.
For further information concerning our senior credit facility,
see Note 3. Long-term Debt and Accrued Facility
Fee to our consolidated financial statements included
elsewhere herein. For estimates of future principal and interest
payments under our senior credit facility, see Tabular
Disclosure of Contractual Obligations as of December 31,
2009 in Managements Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations included
elsewhere in this prospectus.
Series D
Perpetual Preferred Stock
The Company is authorized to issue up to 20.0 million
shares of preferred stock. As of March 31, 2010, we had
1,000 shares of Series D perpetual preferred stock
outstanding. The certificate of designation relating to the
Series D perpetual preferred stock (the Certificate
of Designation) provides the following:
Voting
Rights
Shares of Series D perpetual preferred stock do not have
any voting rights, except with respect to amendments to the
Certificate of Designation, or as otherwise required by law.
77
Ranking
and Liquidation
The Series D perpetual preferred stock ranks, as to
dividend rights and rights on liquidation events, senior to all
classes of common stock, on parity with other series or classes
of preferred stock which do not expressly provide that such
class or series will rank senior to the Series D perpetual
preferred stock, and junior to each series or class of preferred
stock which expressly provides that such class or series ranks
senior to the Series D perpetual preferred stock. Upon any
liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the
holders of the Series D perpetual preferred stock have a
liquidation preference. The Series D perpetual preferred
stock had a liquidation value of $100,000 per share for a total
liquidation value of $100.0 million as of March 31,
2010.
Dividends
The holders of the Series D perpetual preferred stock are
entitled to quarterly dividends. We have deferred the cash
payment of dividends thereon since October 1, 2008. As a
result and in accordance with the terms of the Certificate of
Designation, the dividend rate on the Series D perpetual
preferred stock has increased from 15.0% per annum to 17.0% per
annum, and will continue to accrue at that rate as long as at
least three consecutive cash dividend payments remain unfunded.
While any Series D perpetual preferred stock dividend
payments are in arrears, we are prohibited from repurchasing,
declaring
and/or
paying any cash dividend with respect to any equity securities
having liquidation preferences equivalent to or junior in
ranking to the liquidation preferences of the Series D
perpetual preferred stock, including our common stock and
Class A common stock.
Redemption
The Series D perpetual preferred stock has no mandatory
redemption date, but is redeemable, at our option, at any time.
If redeemed prior to January 1, 2012, we would be required
to pay a premium thereon as set out in the Certificate of
Designation. In addition, in the event of certain changes of
control, we would be required to repurchase the Series D
perpetual preferred stock. Shares of Series D perpetual
preferred stock may also be redeemed, at a holders option,
on or after June 30, 2015. If the Series D perpetual
preferred stock is redeemed, we are required to pay the
liquidation price per share in cash plus the pro-rata accrued
dividends to the date fixed for redemption.
Covenants
The Certificate of Designation requires that we comply with
certain covenants contained therein, including: (i) a
limitation on restricted payments; (ii) a limitation on
indebtedness; (iii) a limitation on certain liens;
(iv) a limitation on asset sales; (v) a limitation on
certain mergers; (vi) requirements as to the use of
proceeds from asset sales; (vii) a limitation on
transactions with affiliates.
Repurchase
of a Portion of the Outstanding Shares of our Series D
Perpetual Preferred Stock
On April 19, 2010, we entered into an agreement (the
Exchange Agreement) with holders of shares of our
Series D perpetual preferred stock. Pursuant to the
Exchange Agreement, concurrently with the completion of the
offering of the original notes, we repurchased
$75.59 million of Series D perpetual preferred stock,
including accrued dividends, in exchange for $50.0 million
in cash and 8.5 million shares of our common stock.
DESCRIPTION
OF NOTES
General
We issued the original notes and will issue the exchange notes
under an Indenture (the Indenture), dated as of
April 29, 2010, by and among us, the Subsidiary Guarantors
and U.S. Bank, National Association, as trustee (the
Trustee). The exchange notes will be identical in
all material respects to the original notes, except that the
exchange notes will be issued in a transaction registered under
the Securities Act and are free of any obligation regarding
registration, including the payment of special interest upon
failure to file or have
78
declared effective an exchange offer registration statement or
to consummate an exchange offer by certain dates. The terms of
the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made
part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture
Act of 1939, as amended (the Trust Indenture
Act). The Notes are subject to all such terms, and holders
of Notes are referred to the Indenture and the
Trust Indenture Act for a statement of those terms.
We summarize below certain material provisions of the Indenture,
the Notes, the Security Documents and the Intercreditor
Agreement. We do not restate those provisions in their entirety.
We urge you to read the Indenture, the Collateral Agreement and
the Intercreditor Agreement because they define your rights. You
can obtain a copies of the Indenture, a form of the Notes, the
Collateral Agreement and the Intercreditor Agreement from us .
Except as otherwise indicated, the following summary of the
notes applies to both the original notes and the exchange notes.
Key terms used in this section are defined under
Certain Definitions. When we refer in this section
to:
|
|
|
|
|
the Company, we mean Gray Television, Inc. and not
its subsidiaries; and
|
|
|
|
the Notes, we mean the original notes, the exchange
notes and Additional Notes we may issue from time to time under
the Indenture (and exchange notes issued in exchange therefor).
|
Overview
of the Notes
The Notes are senior secured obligations of the Company and rank:
|
|
|
|
|
equally in right of payment with all existing and future senior
Indebtedness (including any Permitted Additional Pari Passu
Secured Obligations permitted to be incurred in accordance with
the Indenture) of the Company;
|
|
|
|
senior in right of payment to all existing and future
subordinated Indebtedness of the Company;
|
|
|
|
effectively junior to any obligations of the Company that are
secured by a Lien on the Collateral that is senior or prior to
the Second Priority Liens, including the First Priority Liens
securing obligations under the Senior Credit Facility referred
to below, and potentially any Permitted Liens;
|
|
|
|
effectively senior to any obligations of the Company that are
unsecured to the extent of the value of the Collateral after
giving effect to the First Priority Liens, and potentially any
Permitted Liens; and
|
|
|
|
structurally junior to any Indebtedness or Obligations of any
non-guarantor Subsidiaries.
|
The Notes and the obligations under the Indenture are secured by
second-priority security interests in the Collateral (subject to
priority and otherwise to certain exceptions and Permitted
Liens). As a result, the Notes and the obligations under the
Indenture are effectively (a) junior to any Indebtedness of
the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors which either is
(i) secured by the First Priority Liens or
(ii) secured by assets which are not part of the Collateral
securing the Notes, in each case, to the extent of the value of
such assets and (b) equal in rank with any Permitted
Additional Pari Passu Secured Obligations. The Indebtedness
Incurred under the Senior Credit Facility is and will be secured
by a first-priority security interest in the Collateral.
Accordingly, while the Notes rank equally in right of payment
with the Indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facility and all
other liabilities not expressly subordinated by their terms to
the Notes, the Notes are effectively subordinated to the
Indebtedness outstanding under the Senior Credit Facility to the
extent of the value of the Collateral.
As described in the unaudited condensed consolidated financial
information included elsewhere in this prospectus, after giving
effect to the offering of the original notes and the use of
proceeds thereof, at March 31, 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
our total indebtedness (excluding intercompany indebtedness)
would have been approximately $879.4 million;
|
|
|
|
the Company would have had approximately $879.4 million of
secured indebtedness, $514.0 million of which would have
been under the Senior Credit Facility ranking effectively senior
to the extent of the
|
79
|
|
|
|
|
value of the collateral securing the Senior Credit Facility and
$365.0 million of which would be the Notes offered
hereby; and
|
|
|
|
|
|
the Subsidiary Guarantors would have had approximately
$879.4 million of indebtedness, including guarantees of
indebtedness of $514.0 million under our Senior Credit
Facility and $365.0 million of indebtedness as Subsidiary
Guarantors of the Notes.
|
Additional
Notes
Subject to the limitations set forth under
Certain Covenants Limitation on Incurrence of
Indebtedness and Certain
Covenants Limitation on Liens (including
the Permitted Additional Pari Passu Secured
Obligations definition), the Company may issue additional
notes (Additional Notes) in one or more
transactions, which have substantially identical terms as the
original notes and the exchange notes, except that such
Additional Notes may have different CUSIP numbers, issuance
dates and dates from which interest initially accrues. Holders
of Additional Notes would have the right to vote together with
holders of the original notes and the exchange notes as one
class.
Principal,
Maturity And Interest
We issued $365.0 million of aggregate principal amount of
original notes on April 29, 2010 in denominations of $2,000
and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. The Notes
will mature on June 29, 2015.
Interest on the Notes accrues at the rate of 10.5% per annum and
is payable semi-annually in arrears on May 1 and
November 1, commencing on November 1, 2010, to holders
of record on the immediately preceding April 15 and
October 15. Interest on the Notes accrues from the most
recent date on which interest has been paid or, if no interest
has been paid, from April 29, 2010, the date of the
original issuance of the Notes (the Issue Date).
Interest is computed on the basis of a
360-day year
comprised of twelve
30-day
months.
Principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes is
payable at the office or agency of the Company maintained for
such purpose within the City of New York or, at the option of
the Company, payment of interest may be made by check mailed to
the holders of the Notes at their respective addresses as set
forth in the register of holders of Notes. Until otherwise
designated by the Company, the Companys office or agency
in the City of New York is the office of the Trustee maintained
for such purpose. The Notes are issuable in fully registered
form, without coupons and in denominations of $2,000 and
integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.
Subsidiary
Guarantees
Our obligations under the Notes are guaranteed, jointly and
severally and fully and unconditionally, on a senior secured
basis (the Subsidiary Guarantees) by the Subsidiary
Guarantors. The obligations of a Subsidiary Guarantor under its
Subsidiary Guarantee are limited to the maximum amount as will
result in the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor under the
Subsidiary Guarantee not to be deemed to constitute a fraudulent
conveyance or fraudulent transfer under federal or state law.
This provision may not be effective to protect the Subsidiary
Guarantees from being voided under fraudulent transfer law, or
may eliminate the Subsidiary Guarantors obligations or
reduce such obligations to an amount that effectively limits the
value of the Subsidiary Guarantee or effectively makes the
Subsidiary Guarantee worthless. In a recent Florida bankruptcy
case, a similar provision was found to be ineffective to protect
the guarantees. The Subsidiary Guarantees will be secured by
Second Priority Liens on the Collateral, subject to certain
exceptions and Permitted Collateral Liens, described below under
Security. The obligations of each
Subsidiary Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guarantee are
unconditional and absolute, irrespective of any invalidity,
illegality, unenforceability of any Note or the Indenture or any
extension, compromise, waiver or release in respect of any
obligation of the Company or any other Subsidiary Guarantor
under any Note or the Indenture, or any modification or
amendment of or supplement to the Indenture.
80
As of the date of this prospectus, all of our Subsidiaries are
Restricted Subsidiaries. However, under the
circumstances described below under the subheading
Certain Covenants Limitation on Creation of
Unrestricted Subsidiaries, any of our Subsidiaries may
be designated as Unrestricted Subsidiaries.
Unrestricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to the restrictive
covenants in the Indenture and will not guarantee the Notes.
Claims of creditors of non-guarantor Subsidiaries, including
trade creditors, and claims of minority stockholders (other than
the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors) of those subsidiaries
will have priority with respect to the assets and earnings of
those subsidiaries over the claims of creditors of the Company
and the Subsidiary Guarantors, including holders of the Notes.
The Indenture provides that the Subsidiary Guarantee of a
Subsidiary Guarantor will be automatically and unconditionally
released:
(a) in the event of a sale or other transfer (including by
way of consolidation or merger) of Capital Stock in such
Subsidiary Guarantor in compliance with the terms of the
Indenture following which such Subsidiary Guarantor ceases to be
a Subsidiary;
(b) upon the designation of such Guarantor as an
Unrestricted Subsidiary in compliance with the provisions
described under the subheading Certain
Covenants Limitation on Creation of Unrestricted
Subsidiaries; or
(c) in connection with a legal defeasance or covenant
defeasance of the Indenture or upon satisfaction and discharge
of the Indenture.
Upon any release of a Subsidiary Guarantor from its Subsidiary
Guarantee, such Subsidiary Guarantor will also be automatically
and unconditionally released from its obligations under the
Security Documents.
The Subsidiary Guarantees are senior secured obligations of each
Subsidiary Guarantor and rank:
|
|
|
|
|
equally in right of payment with all existing and future senior
Indebtedness (including Permitted Additional Pari Passu Secured
Obligations) of each Subsidiary Guarantor;
|
|
|
|
senior in right of payment to all existing and future
subordinated Indebtedness of each Subsidiary Guarantor;
|
|
|
|
effectively junior to any obligations of each Subsidiary
Guarantor that are secured by a Lien on the Collateral that is
senior or prior to the Second Priority Liens, including the
First Priority Liens securing obligations under the Senior
Credit Facility referred to below, and potentially any Permitted
Liens;
|
|
|
|
effectively senior to any obligations of each Subsidiary
Guarantor that are unsecured to the extent of the value of the
Collateral after giving effect to the First Priority Liens, and
potentially any Permitted Liens; and
|
|
|
|
structurally junior to any Indebtedness or Obligations of any
non-Subsidiary Guarantor Subsidiaries.
|
Security
General
The Notes and the Companys Obligations under the Indenture
are secured by Second Priority Liens granted by the Company, the
existing Subsidiary Guarantors and any future Subsidiary
Guarantor on substantially all of the assets of Company and the
Subsidiary Guarantors (whether now owned or hereafter arising or
acquired), subject to certain exceptions, Excluded Property,
Permitted Collateral Liens and encumbrances described in the
Indenture and the Security Documents.
81
In the security and pledge agreements, the Company and the
Subsidiary Guarantors, subject to certain exceptions, have
granted security interests in (collectively, excluding the
Excluded Property and subject to certain limitations, the
Collateral):
(a) all present and future shares of Capital Stock of (or
other ownership or profit interests in) each of Companys
present and future direct and indirect subsidiaries, held by the
Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor;
(b) all present and future intercompany debt owed to the
Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor;
(c) substantially all of the present and future property
and assets, real and personal, of the Company and each
Subsidiary Guarantor, including, but not limited to, machinery
and equipment, inventory and other goods, accounts receivable,
owned real estate, leaseholds, fixtures, bank accounts, general
intangibles, financial assets, investment property, license
rights, patents, trademarks, trade names, copyrights, other
intellectual property, chattel paper, insurance proceeds,
contract rights, hedge agreements, documents, instruments,
indemnification rights, tax refunds and cash;
(d) all FCC Licenses except to the extent (but only to the
extent) and for so long as that at such time the Collateral
Agent may not validly possess a security interest directly in
the FCC License pursuant to applicable Federal law, including
the Communications Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules,
regulations and policies promulgated thereunder, as in effect at
such time, but the Collateral will include at all times all
proceeds incident or appurtenant to the FCC Licenses and all
proceeds of the FCC Licenses, and the right to receive all
monies, consideration and proceeds derived from or in connection
with the sale, assignment, transfer, or other disposition of the
FCC Licenses; and
(e) all proceeds and products of the property and assets
described in clauses (a), (b), and (d) above.
The Indenture and the Security Documents exclude certain
property from the Collateral (the Excluded
Property), including (without limitation):
(a) any rights under any lease, contract or agreement
(including, without limitation, any license for intellectual
property) to the extent that the granting of a security interest
therein to Collateral Agent is specifically prohibited in
writing by, or would constitute an event of default under or
would grant a party a termination right under, any agreement
governing such right, unless such prohibition is not enforceable
or is otherwise ineffective under applicable law; provided
that this exclusion shall in no way limit, impair or
otherwise affect Collateral Agents unconditional
continuing security interests in and liens upon any rights or
interests of the Company or Subsidiary Guarantors in or to
monies due or to become due to the Company or Subsidiary
Guarantor under any such lease, contract or agreement (including
any receivables);
(b) shares of margin stock;
(c) any shares entitled to vote (within the meaning of
Treasury
Regulation Section 1.956-2)
of any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Company that is a
controlled foreign corporation in excess of
sixty-six (66%) percent of all of the issued and outstanding
Capital Stock in such Subsidiary;
(d) any Capital Stock of any Subsidiary of the Company to
the extent necessary for such Subsidiary not to be subject to
any requirement pursuant to
Rule 3-16
or
Rule 3-10
of
Regulation S-X
under the Exchange Act to file separate financial statements
with the Securities and Exchange Commission (or any other
governmental agency), due to the fact that such
Subsidiarys Capital Stock secures the Notes or Subsidiary
Guarantees; and
(e) any FCC License to the extent excluded pursuant to
clause (d) of the preceding paragraph.
The Company is required to perfect on the Issue Date the
security interests in the Collateral to the extent they can be
perfected by the filing of UCC-1 financing statements or the
delivery of certificates representing Capital Stock or notes
representing intercompany debt. To the extent any such security
interest cannot be perfected by such filing or delivery, the
Company is required to use commercially reasonable efforts to
have all security interests that are required by the Security
Documents to be in place perfected as soon as
82
practicable following the Issue Date, but in any event no later
than 150 days after the Issue Date, except to the extent
any such security interest cannot be perfected with commercially
reasonable efforts or to the extent the Security Documents do
not require perfection of the security interest. If the Company,
or any Guarantor, were to become subject to a bankruptcy
proceeding, any Liens recorded or perfected after the Issue Date
would face a greater risk of being invalidated than if they had
been recorded or perfected on the Issue Date. See Risk
Factors Risks Related to the Exchange Notes.
Subject to the foregoing, if property that is intended to be
Collateral is acquired by the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor
(including property of a Person that becomes a new Subsidiary
Guarantor) that is not automatically subject to a perfected
security interest under the Security Documents, then the Company
or such Subsidiary Guarantor will provide a Second Priority Lien
over such property (or, in the case of a new Subsidiary
Guarantor, such of its property) in favor of the Collateral
Agent and deliver certain certificates and opinions in respect
thereof, all as and to the extent required by the Indenture or
the Security Documents.
As set out in more detail below, upon an enforcement event or
Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding, proceeds from the
Collateral will be applied first to satisfy First Priority
Obligations and then ratably to satisfy obligations under the
Notes and any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Secured
Obligations. In addition, the Indenture permits the Company and
the Subsidiary Guarantors to create additional Liens under
specified circumstances. See the definition of Permitted
Liens.
The Collateral is pledged to (1) the administrative agent
under the Senior Credit Facility (together with any successor,
the First Priority Representative), on a
first-priority basis, for the benefit of the First Priority
Secured Parties to secure the First Priority Obligations and
(2) the Collateral Agent, on a second-priority basis, for
the benefit of the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes and the
holders of any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Secured
Obligations to secure the Second Lien Obligations. The Second
Lien Obligations will constitute claims separate and apart from
(and of a different class from) the First Priority Obligations.
The Second Priority Liens will be junior and subordinate to the
First Priority Liens.
Control
over Collateral and Enforcement of Liens
For a standstill period of 180 days (subject to extension
for any period during which the applicable First Priority
Representative has commenced and is diligently pursuing its
rights and remedies in good faith against a material portion of
the Collateral or an insolvency proceeding has been commenced)
commencing on the date that the First Priority Representative
receives notice of an Event of Default under the Indenture, the
First Priority Representative will have the sole power to
exercise remedies against the Collateral (subject to the right
of the Collateral Agent and the Holders of Notes and holders of
Permitted Additional Pari Passu Secured Obligations to take
limited protective measures with respect to the Second Priority
Liens and to take certain actions that would be permitted to be
taken by unsecured creditors) and to foreclose upon and dispose
of the Collateral. Upon any sale of any Collateral in connection
with any enforcement action consented to by First Priority
Representative which results in the release of the Lien securing
the Senior Priority Obligations on such item of Collateral, the
Second Priority Lien on such item of Collateral will be
automatically released.
Proceeds realized by the First Priority Representative or the
Collateral Agent from the Collateral (including proceeds of
Collateral in an Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding) will be
applied:
|
|
|
|
|
first, to the First Priority Representative for
application to the First Priority Obligations in accordance with
the terms of the First Priority Documents, until the First
Priority Obligations Payment Date;
|
|
|
|
second, to amounts owing to the Collateral Agent in its
capacity as such in accordance with the terms of the Security
Documents, to amounts owing to the Trustee in its capacity as
such in accordance with the terms of the Indenture;
|
|
|
|
third, to amounts owing to any representative for
Permitted Additional Pari Passu Secured Obligations in its
capacity as such in accordance with the terms of such Permitted
Additional Pari Passu Secured Obligations;
|
83
|
|
|
|
|
fourth, ratably to amounts owing to the holders of Second
Lien Obligations in accordance with the terms of the Security
Documents and the Indenture; and
|
|
|
|
fifth, to the Company
and/or other
persons entitled thereto.
|
None of the Collateral has been appraised in connection with the
offering of the Notes. The fair market value of the Collateral
is subject to fluctuations based on factors that include, among
others, the condition of our industry, our ability to implement
our business strategy, the ability to sell the Collateral in an
orderly sale, general economic conditions, the availability of
buyers and similar factors. The amount to be received upon a
sale of the Collateral would be dependent on numerous factors,
including but not limited to the actual fair market value of the
Collateral at such time and the timing and the manner of the
sale. By its nature, portions of the Collateral may be illiquid
and may have no readily ascertainable market value. Likewise,
there can be no assurance that the Collateral will be saleable,
or, if saleable, that there will not be substantial delays in
its liquidation. In the event of a foreclosure, liquidation,
bankruptcy or similar proceeding, we cannot assure you that the
proceeds from any sale or liquidation of the Collateral will be
sufficient to pay our obligations under the Notes. In addition,
the fact that the First Priority Creditors will receive proceeds
from enforcement of the Collateral before Holders of the Notes,
that other Persons may have First Priority Liens in respect of
Collateral subject to Permitted Liens and that the Second
Priority Lien held by the Collateral Agent will secure any
Permitted Additional Pari Passu Secured Obligations in addition
to the Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture could have
a material adverse effect on the amount that Holders of the
Notes would receive upon a sale or other disposition of the
Collateral. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that proceeds
of any sale of the Collateral pursuant to the Indenture and the
related Security Documents following an Event of Default would
be sufficient to satisfy, or would not be substantially less
than, amounts due under the Notes. In addition, in the event of
a bankruptcy, the ability of the Holders to realize upon any of
the Collateral may be subject to certain bankruptcy law
limitations as described below.
If the proceeds from a sale or other disposition of the
Collateral were not sufficient to repay all amounts due on the
Notes, the Holders of the Notes (to the extent not repaid from
the proceeds of the sale of the Collateral) would have only an
unsecured claim against the remaining assets of the Company and
the Subsidiary Guarantors.
To the extent that Liens (including Permitted Liens), rights or
easements granted to third parties encumber assets located on
property owned by the Company or the Subsidiary Guarantors,
including the Collateral, such third parties may exercise rights
and remedies with respect to the property subject to such Liens
that could adversely affect the value of the Collateral and the
ability of the Collateral Agent, the Trustee or the Holders of
the Notes to realize or foreclose on Collateral.
Certain
Bankruptcy Limitations
The right of the Collateral Agent to repossess and dispose of
the Collateral upon the occurrence of an Event of Default would
be significantly impaired (or at a minimum delayed) by
bankruptcy law in the event that a bankruptcy case were to be
commenced by or against the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor
prior to the Collateral Agents having repossessed and
disposed of the Collateral. Upon the commencement of a case for
relief under Title 11 of the United States Code, as amended
(the Bankruptcy Code), a secured creditor such as
the Collateral Agent is prohibited from repossessing its
security from a debtor in a bankruptcy case, or from disposing
of security without bankruptcy court approval.
In view of the broad equitable powers of a U.S. bankruptcy
court, it is impossible to predict how long payments under the
Notes could be delayed following commencement of a bankruptcy
case, whether or when the Collateral Agent could repossess or
dispose of the Collateral, the value of the Collateral at any
time during a bankruptcy case or whether or to what extent
Holders of the Notes would be compensated (in the form of
adequate protection or otherwise) for any delay in
payment or post-petition loss of value of the Collateral.
The Bankruptcy Code permits only the payment
and/or
accrual of post-petition interest, costs and attorneys
fees to a secured creditor during a debtors bankruptcy
case to the extent the value of such creditors interest in
the Collateral, after taking into account the value of the first
lien interest, is determined by the
84
bankruptcy court to exceed the aggregate outstanding principal
amount of such creditors obligations secured by the
Collateral. Furthermore, in the event a bankruptcy court
determines that the value of the Collateral is not sufficient to
repay all amounts due on the Notes, the Holders of the Notes
would hold secured claims only to the extent of the value of the
Collateral to which the Holders of the Notes are entitled, after
taking into account the value of the first lien interest, and
unsecured claims with respect to such shortfall. Thus, under
federal bankruptcy laws, Holders of the Notes would not be
entitled to receive either (a) post-petition interest or
applicable fees, costs or charges, or (b) adequate
protection on the unsecured portion of the notes. In
addition, if any payments of post-petition interest had been
made at any time prior to such a finding of
undercollateralization, those payments would be recharacterized
by the bankruptcy court as a reduction of the principal amount
of the secured claim.
Release
of Liens
The Security Documents and the Indenture provide that the Second
Priority Liens securing the Subsidiary Guarantee of any
Subsidiary Guarantor will be automatically released when such
Subsidiary Guarantors Subsidiary Guarantee is released in
accordance with the terms of the Indenture. In addition, the
Second Priority Liens securing the Obligations under the Notes
and the Indenture will be released (a) in whole, upon a
legal defeasance or a covenant defeasance of the Notes as set
forth below under Defeasance, (b) in
whole, upon satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture,
(c) in whole, upon payment in full of principal, interest
and all other Obligations on the Notes issued under the
Indenture, (d) in whole or in part, with the consent of the
requisite Holders of the Notes in accordance with the provisions
under Modifications and Amendments,
including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection
with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, Notes
and (e) in part, as to any asset constituting Collateral
(A) that is sold or otherwise disposed of by the Company or
any of the Subsidiary Guarantors in a transaction permitted by
Certain Covenants Limitation
on Asset Sales and by the Security Documents (to the
extent of the interest sold or disposed of) or otherwise
permitted by the Indenture and the Security Documents, if all
other Liens on that asset securing the First Priority
Obligations and any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Secured
Obligations then secured by that asset (including all
commitments thereunder) are released; (B) that is cash
withdrawn from deposit accounts for any purpose not prohibited
under the Indenture or the Security Documents; (C) that is
Capital Stock of a Subsidiary of the Company to the extent
necessary for such Subsidiary not to be subject to any
requirement pursuant to
Rule 3-16
or
Rule 3-10
of
Regulation S-X
under the Securities Act, due to the fact that such
Subsidiarys Capital Stock secures the Notes or Subsidiary
Guarantees, to file separate financial statements with the
Securities and Exchange Commission (or any other governmental
agency); (D) that is used to make a Restricted Payment or
Permitted Investment permitted by the Indenture; (E) that
becomes Excluded Property; (F) upon any release, sale or
disposition of Collateral permitted pursuant to the terms of the
First Priority Documents that results in the release of the
First Priority Lien on any Collateral (including without
limitation any sale or other disposition pursuant to any
enforcement action); provided, however, that
(i) if the First Priority Lien on any Collateral is
released in connection with the First Priority Obligations
Payment Date (without a contemporaneous incurrence of new or
replacement First Priority Obligations pursuant to a replacement
First Priority Agreement permitted under the Intercreditor
Agreement), the Second Priority Lien on the Common Collateral
will not be required to be released (except to the extent the
Collateral or any portion thereof was disposed of or otherwise
transferred or used in order to repay the First Priority
Obligations secured by such Collateral); or (G) that is
otherwise released in accordance with, and as expressly provided
for in accordance with, the Indenture, the Security Documents
and the Intercreditor Agreement.
To the extent applicable, the Company will comply with
Section 313(b) of the TIA, relating to reports, and,
following qualification of the Indenture under the TIA (if
required), Section 314(d) of the TIA, relating to the
release of property and to the substitution therefor of any
property to be pledged as Collateral for the Notes. Any
certificate or opinion required by Section 314(d) of the
TIA may be made by an officer of the Company except in cases
where Section 314(d) requires that such certificate or
opinion be made by an independent engineer, appraiser or other
expert, who shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee.
Until such time as we qualify the Indenture under the TIA,
Section 314(d) of the TIA will not apply to the Indenture.
In every instance that the Trustee or the Collateral Agent is
asked to acknowledge a release, the Company shall deliver an
opinion and Officers Certificate stating that all
conditions to the release in the Indenture, the
85
Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement have been
satisfied. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the
Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors will not be required to
comply with all or any portion of Section 314(d) of the TIA
if they determine, in good faith based on advice of outside
counsel, that under the terms of that section
and/or any
interpretation or guidance as to the meaning thereof of the SEC
and its staff, including no action letters or
exemptive orders, all or any portion of Section 314(d) of
the TIA is inapplicable to the released Collateral. Without
limiting the generality of the foregoing, certain no-action
letters issued by the SEC have permitted an indenture qualified
under the TIA to contain provisions permitting the release of
collateral from liens under such indenture in the ordinary
course of business without requiring the issuer to provide
certificates and other documents under Section 314(d) of
the TIA. In addition, under interpretations provided by the SEC,
to the extent that a release of a lien is made without the need
for consent by the noteholders or the trustee, the provisions of
Section 314(d) may be inapplicable to the release.
Intercreditor
Agreement
The Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors, the Collateral Agent and
the First Priority Representative have entered into the
Intercreditor Agreement, which establishes the second-priority
status of the Second Priority Liens relative to the First
Priority Liens. In addition to the provisions described above
with respect to control of remedies and release of Collateral,
the Intercreditor Agreement also imposes certain other
restrictions and agreements, including the restrictions and
agreements described below.
|
|
|
|
|
Pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreement, the Collateral Agent,
the Trustee, the Holders of the Notes and the holders of any
Permitted Additional Pari Passu Secured Obligations agree that
the First Priority Representative and the other First Priority
Secured Parties have no duties to them in respect of the
maintenance or preservation of the Collateral. The First
Priority Representative has agreed in the Intercreditor
Agreement to hold, until the First Priority Obligations Payment
Date, certain possessory collateral also for the benefit of the
Trustee, the Collateral Agent and the holders of the Second Lien
Obligations.
|
|
|
|
In addition, the Collateral Agent, the Trustee and the Holders
of the Notes and the holders of any Permitted Additional Pari
Passu Secured Obligations have agreed to not institute any suit
or other proceeding or assert in any suit, insolvency proceeding
or other proceeding any claim against any First Priority Secured
Party seeking damages from or other relief by way of specific
performance, injunction or otherwise, with respect to, and no
First Priority Secured Party shall be liable for, any action
taken or omitted to be taken by any First Priority Secured Party
with respect to, the Collateral or pursuant to the First
Priority Documents. They further agree not to seek, and waive,
any right to have the Collateral marshalled upon disposition or
other foreclosure.
|
|
|
|
The Intercreditor Agreement provides for the right of the
Collateral Agent and the holders of Second Lien Obligations to
exercise rights and remedies as unsecured creditors against the
Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor, subject to certain terms,
conditions, waivers and limitations as more fully set forth in
the Intercreditor Agreement.
|
|
|
|
Pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreement, the Collateral Agent,
for itself and on behalf of the Holders of the Notes and the
holders of any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Secured
Obligations, irrevocably appoints the First Priority
Representative and any officer or agent of the First Priority
Representative, with full power of substitution, as its true and
lawful attorney-in-fact with full irrevocable power and
authority in the place of the Collateral Agent or in the First
Priority Representatives own name, from time to time in
the First Priority Representatives sole discretion, for
the purpose of carrying out the terms of the releases of the
Second Priority Liens as permitted thereby, including releases
upon sales due to enforcement of remedies or otherwise provided
for in the Intercreditor Agreement, to take any and all
appropriate action and to execute any and all documents and
instruments which may be necessary or desirable to accomplish
the purposes of such section of the Intercreditor Agreement,
including, without limitation, any financing statements,
endorsements, assignments, releases or other documents or
instruments of transfer.
|
86
|
|
|
|
|
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any
agreement or filing to which any Second Priority Secured Party
may now or hereafter be a party, and regardless of the time,
order or method of grant, attachment, recording or perfection of
any financing statements or other security interests,
assignments, pledges, deeds, mortgages and other liens, charges
or encumbrances or any defect or deficiency or alleged defect or
deficiency in any of the foregoing, notwithstanding any
provision of the Uniform Commercial Code or any applicable law
or any First Priority Document or Second Priority Document or
any other circumstance whatsoever, the First Priority Liens will
rank senior to any Second Priority Liens on the Collateral. The
Collateral for the First Priority Liens, the Second Priority
Liens and the Permitted Additional Pari Passu Secured
Obligations is intended at all times to be the same; provided
that the Excluded Property identified in clause (d) of
the definition of Excluded Property may secure the First Lien
Obligations.
|
|
|
|
Any amendment, waiver or consent in respect of any First
Priority Security Documents shall automatically apply to any
comparable provision of the Security Documents (subject to
certain exceptions).
|
|
|
|
The Trustee, the Collateral Agent, the Holders and the holders
of any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Secured Obligations agree
that (i) in certain circumstances the holders under the
Senior Credit Facility are required by the terms thereof to be
repaid with proceeds of dispositions of Collateral prior to
repayment of the Second Lien Obligations and (ii) they will
not accept payments from such dispositions of Collateral until
applied to repayment of the Senior Credit Facility as so
required. The First Priority Representative acknowledges that,
except as otherwise set forth in the Intercreditor Agreement,
nothing in the Intercreditor Agreement shall prohibit the
receipt by the Second Priority Representative or any Holders of
Notes of required payments under the Indenture so long as
(x) such receipt is not the direct or indirect result of
the exercise by the Second Priority Representative or any second
priority creditors of rights or remedies as a secured creditor
(including set-off or recoupment) or enforcement of any Lien
held by any of them or (y) such payment or receipt of such
payment is not otherwise in contravention of the Intercreditor
Agreement or any First Priority Document. The Trustee, the
Collateral Agent, the Holders and the holders of any Permitted
Additional Pari Passu Secured Obligations agree that if they
receive payments at any time from the Collateral in violation of
the Intercreditor Agreement, they will promptly turn such
payments over to the First Priority Representative.
|
In addition, if the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor is
subject to any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding, the
Collateral Agent, on behalf of the Holders and the holders of
any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Secured Obligations, agrees,
among other things, that:
|
|
|
|
|
it will not object to or otherwise contest (and, as necessary,
will consent to) the Companys or such Subsidiary
Guarantors use of cash collateral if the First Lien
Obligation holders consent (or do not object) to such usage;
|
|
|
|
if the First Lien Obligation holders consent to a DIP financing,
the Collateral Agent, on behalf of the holders of the Second
Lien Obligations, will be deemed to have consented to, and will
not object to, such DIP financing and to the priming of their
Liens in connection therewith in the event that the Liens in
favor of the First Lien Obligation holders are primed in
connection with such DIP financing, so long as the maximum
principal amount of indebtedness that may be outstanding from
time to time under such DIP financing plus the aggregate
principal amount of First Priority Obligations shall not exceed
an aggregate amount equal to $40.0 million in excess of the
Maximum First Priority Indebtedness amount;
|
|
|
|
none of them shall object, contest, or support any other person
objecting to or contesting, (a) any request by the First
Priority Representative or the other First Priority Secured
Parties for adequate protection or any adequate protection
provided to the First Priority Representative or the other First
Priority Secured Parties or (b) any objection by the First
Priority Representative or any other First Priority Secured
Parties to any motion, relief, action or proceeding based on a
claim of a lack of adequate protection or (c) the payment
of interest, fees, expenses or other amounts to the First
Priority Representative or any other First Priority Secured
Party; provided that under certain circumstances
(i) if the First Priority Secured Parties (or any subset
thereof) are granted adequate protection consisting of
additional collateral (with replacement liens on such additional
collateral)
and/or
superpriority claims in
|
87
|
|
|
|
|
connection with any DIP financing or use of cash collateral, and
the First Priority Representative does not file an objection to
the adequate protection being provided to them, then in
connection with any such DIP financing or use of cash collateral
the Second Priority Representative, on behalf of itself and any
of the Second Priority Secured Parties, may seek or accept
adequate protection consisting (as applicable) of (x) a
replacement Lien on the same additional collateral, subordinated
to the Liens securing the First Priority Obligations and such
DIP financing on the same basis as the other Liens securing the
Second Priority Obligations are so subordinated to the First
Priority Obligations under this Agreement
and/or
(y) superpriority claims junior in all respects to the
superpriority claims granted to the First Priority Secured
Parties, subject to certain limitations set forth in the
Intercreditor Agreement;
|
|
|
|
|
|
none of them will seek relief from the automatic stay or from
any other stay in any Insolvency Proceeding or take any action
in derogation thereof, in each case in respect of any
Collateral, without the prior written consent of the First
Priority Representative;
|
|
|
|
they will not oppose any sale or other disposition of the
Collateral consented to by the First Lien Obligation holders and
shall be deemed to have consented to under Section 373 of
the Bankruptcy Code and released the Liens securing the Second
Lien Obligations; provided that the Liens of the Second
Priority Secured Parties attach to the proceeds of such sale to
the same extent and junior priority as such Liens have with
respect to the Collateral; and
|
|
|
|
no Second Priority Secured Party shall support or vote in favor
of any plan of reorganization (and each shall be deemed to have
voted to reject any plan of reorganization) unless such plan
(a) pays off, in cash in full, all First Priority
Obligations or (b) is accepted by the class of holders of
First Priority Obligations voting thereon in accordance with
Bankruptcy Code § 1126 and is supported by the First
Priority Representative.
|
No
Impairment of the Security Interests
Neither the Company nor any of the Subsidiary Guarantors are
permitted to take any action, or knowingly or negligently omit
to take any action, which action or omission might or would have
the result of materially impairing the security interest with
respect to the Collateral for the benefit of the Trustee, the
Collateral Agent and the Holders of the Notes.
Further
Assurances
Subject to the limitations described above under
Security General, the Security
Documents and the Indenture provide that the Company and the
Subsidiary Guarantors shall, at their expense, duly execute and
deliver, or cause to be duly executed and delivered, such
further agreements, documents and instruments, and do or cause
to be done such farther acts as may be necessary or proper to
evidence, perfect, maintain and enforce the Second Priority Lien
in the Collateral granted to the Collateral Agent and the
priority thereof, and to otherwise effectuate the provisions or
purposes of the Indenture and the Security Documents.
Redemption
Optional Redemption. Except as described
below, the Notes are not redeemable at our option prior to
November 1, 2012. On and after such date, the Notes will be
subject to redemption at our option, in whole or in part, at the
redemption prices (expressed as percentages of the principal
amount of the Notes) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid
interest to the date fixed for redemption, if redeemed during
the period beginning on the dates indicated below:
|
|
|
|
|
Year
|
|
Percentage
|
|
November 1, 2012
|
|
|
107.875
|
%
|
May 1, 2013
|
|
|
105.250
|
%
|
May 1, 2014 and thereafter
|
|
|
100.000
|
%
|
Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time prior to
November 1, 2012, we may, at our option, use the net
proceeds of one or more Public Equity Offerings to redeem up to
35% of the aggregate principal amount of
88
the Notes (including Additional Notes, if any) originally
issued, at a redemption price equal to 110.500% of the principal
amount thereof, together with accrued and unpaid interest to the
date fixed for redemption; provided, however, that
at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes
(including Additional Notes, if any) originally issued remains
outstanding immediately after any such redemption.
At any time prior to November 1, 2012, the Notes may be
redeemed as a whole but not in part at the option of the
Company, upon not less than 30 or more than 60 days
prior notice mailed by first-class mail to each holders
registered address, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the
principal amount thereof plus the Make Whole Premium as of, and
accrued but unpaid interest, if any, to, the redemption date,
subject to the right of holders on the relevant record date to
receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date.
Make Whole Premium means with respect to a
Note at any redemption date, the greater of (i) 1.0% of the
principal amount of such Note or (ii) the excess of
(A) the present value of (1) the redemption price of
such Note at November 1, 2012 (such redemption price being
set forth in the table above) plus (2) all required
interest payments due on such Note through November 1,
2012, computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate
plus 50 basis points, over (B) the principal amount of
such Note.
Treasury Rate means the yield to maturity at
the time of computation of United States Treasury securities
with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most
recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H. 15(519) which has
become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to
the redemption date or, if such Statistical Release is no longer
published, any publicly available source or similar market data)
most nearly equal to the period from the redemption date to
November 1, 2012; provided, however, that if
the period from the redemption date to November 1, 2012 is
not equal to the constant maturity of a United States Treasury
security for which a weekly average yield is given, the Treasury
Rate shall be obtained by linear interpolation (calculated to
the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the weekly average
yields of United States Treasury securities for which such
yields are given, except that if the period from the redemption
date to November 1, 2012 is less than one year, the weekly
average yield on actually traded United States Treasury
securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year shall be
used.
Selection and Notice. If less than all of the
Notes are to be redeemed at any time, selection of the Notes to
be redeemed will be made by the Trustee, on behalf of the
Company, in compliance with the requirements of the principal
national securities exchange, if any, on which the Notes are
listed or, if the Notes are not listed on a securities exchange
by the Trustee, on behalf of the Company, on a pro rata
basis, by lot or by any other method as the Trustee shall
deem fair and appropriate; provided that a redemption
pursuant to the provisions relating to Public Equity Offerings
will be on a pro rata basis. Notes redeemed in part shall
only be redeemed in integral multiples of $1,000. Notices of any
redemption shall be mailed by first class mail at least 30 but
not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each
holder of Notes to be redeemed at such holders registered
address. If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice
of redemption that relates to such Note shall state the portion
of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed, and the Trustee
shall authenticate and deliver to the holder of the original
Note a new Note in principal amount equal to the unredeemed
portion of the original Note promptly after the original Note
has been cancelled. On and after the redemption date, interest
will cease to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for
redemption.
Change of
Control
In the event of a Change of Control (as defined herein), the
Company will make an offer to purchase all of the then
outstanding Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of
the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid
interest to the date of purchase, in accordance with the terms
set forth below (a Change of Control Offer).
Within 30 days after any Change of Control, we will mail to
each holder of Notes at such holders registered address a
notice stating: (i) that a Change of Control has occurred
and that such holder has the right to require the Company to
purchase all or a portion (equal to $1,000 or an integral
multiple thereof) of such holders Notes at a purchase
price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount
thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of
purchase (the Change of Control Purchase Date),
which shall be a Business Day, specified in such notice, that is
not earlier than 30 days or later than 60 days from
the date such
89
notice is mailed, (ii) the amount of accrued and unpaid
interest as of the Change of Control Purchase Date,
(iii) that any Note not tendered will continue to accrue
interest, (iv) that, unless the Company defaults in the
payment of the purchase price for the Notes payable pursuant to
the Change of Control Offer, any Notes accepted for payment
pursuant to the Change of Control Offer shall cease to accrue
interest on and after the Change of Control Purchase Date,
(v) the procedures, consistent with the Indenture, to be
followed by a holder of Notes in order to accept a Change of
Control Offer or to withdraw such acceptance, and (vi) such
other information as may be required by the Indenture and
applicable laws and regulations.
On the Change of Control Purchase Date, we will (i) accept
for payment all Notes or portions thereof tendered pursuant to
the Change of Control Offer, (ii) deposit with the Paying
Agent the aggregate purchase price of all Notes or portions
thereof accepted for payment and any accrued and unpaid interest
on such Notes as of the Change of Control Purchase Date, and
(iii) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee for
cancellation all Notes tendered pursuant to the Change of
Control Offer. The Paying Agent shall promptly deliver to each
holder of Notes or portions thereof accepted for payment an
amount equal to the purchase price for such Notes plus any
accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the Change of Control
Purchase Date, and the Trustee shall promptly authenticate and
deliver to such holder of Notes accepted for payment in part a
new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of
the Notes, and any Note not accepted for payment in whole or in
part for any reason consistent with the Indenture shall be
promptly returned to the holder of such Note. On and after a
Change of Control Purchase Date, interest will cease to accrue
on the Notes or portions thereof accepted for payment, unless
the Company defaults in the payment of the purchase price
therefor. We will announce the results of the Change of Control
Offer to holders of the Notes on or as soon as practicable after
the Change of Control Purchase Date.
We will comply with the applicable tender offer rules, including
the requirements of
Rule 14e-1
under the Exchange Act, and all other applicable securities laws
and regulations in connection with any Change of Control Offer.
The Change of Control provision will not require us to make a
Change of Control Offer upon the consummation of any transaction
contemplated by clause (b) of the definition of Change of
Control if the party that will own, directly or indirectly, more
than 50% of the Voting Stock of the Company as a result of such
transaction is J. Mack Robinson, Robert S. Prather, Jr. or
certain other persons, entities or groups affiliated with or
controlled by either of them. See Certain
Definitions Permitted Holders. J. Mack
Robinson and Robert S. Prather are directors of the Company. As
a result of the definition of Permitted Holders, a concentration
of control in the hands of Permitted Holders would not give rise
to a situation where holders could have their Notes repurchased
pursuant to a Change of Control Offer. As of April 16,
2010, Mr. Robinson was the beneficial owner of
approximately 39% of the outstanding Voting Stock.
The Change of Control provision and the other covenants that
limit the ability of the Company to incur debt may not
necessarily afford holders protection in the event of a highly
leveraged transaction, such as a reorganization, merger or
similar transaction involving the Company that may adversely
affect holders, because such transactions may not involve a
concentration in voting power or beneficial ownership, or, if
there were such a concentration, may not involve a concentration
of the magnitude required under the definition of Change of
Control.
With respect to the sale of substantially all the
assets of the Company, which would constitute a Change of
Control for purposes of the Indenture, the meaning of the phrase
substantially all varies according to the facts and
circumstances of the subject transaction, has no clearly
established meaning under relevant law and is subject to
judicial interpretation. Accordingly, in certain circumstances
there may be a degree of uncertainty in ascertaining whether a
particular transaction would involve a disposition of
substantially all of the assets of the Company and,
therefore, it may be unclear whether a Change of Control has
occurred and whether the Notes should be subject to a Change of
Control Offer. Further, Change of Control will be defined in the
Indenture to include any transaction as a result of which
individuals who constitute a majority of the board of directors
of the Company together with directors approved by such
directors or by the Permitted Holders cease for any reasons to
constitute a majority of directors. See Certain
Definitions. In a recent decision, the Chancery Court
of Delaware raised the possibility that a change of control as a
result of a failure
90
to have continuing directors comprising a majority
of the board of directors may be unenforceable on public policy
grounds. Accordingly, in certain circumstances there may be a
degree of uncertainty in ascertaining whether a Change of
Control has occurred and whether the Company is required to make
a Change of Control Offer following a transaction that results
in such a change in the board of directors of the Company.
Certain
Covenants
Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness. The
Indenture provides that the Company will not, and will not
permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, create, incur,
assume or directly or indirectly guarantee or in any other
manner become directly or indirectly liable for
(incur) any Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt)
if, immediately after giving pro forma effect to such
incurrence and the application of the proceeds thereof, the Debt
to Operating Cash Flow Ratio of the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries is more than 7.0 to 1.0. The foregoing limitations
will not apply to the incurrence of any of the following
(collectively, Permitted Indebtedness):
(i) Indebtedness of the Company incurred under Senior
Credit Facilities in an aggregate principal amount at any time
outstanding not to exceed the sum of
(x) $516.0 million and (y) $75.0 million of
extensions of credit under revolving facilities under Senior
Credit Facilities, less the aggregate amount of all Net Proceeds
of Asset Sales applied by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries since the Issue Date to repay any term loans
thereunder or to repay revolving loans thereunder and effect a
corresponding commitment reduction thereunder pursuant to and in
accordance with the covenant described under
Certain Covenants Limitation on Asset
Sales;
(ii) Indebtedness of any Subsidiary Guarantor consisting of
a guarantee of Indebtedness of the Company under the Senior
Credit Facility;
(iii) Indebtedness of the Company represented by
(a) the Notes issued on the Issue Date and exchange notes
issued therefor and (b) Indebtedness of any Subsidiary
Guarantor represented by a Subsidiary Guarantee in respect
therefor or in respect of Additional Notes incurred in
accordance with the Indenture;
(iv) Indebtedness owed by any Subsidiary Guarantor to the
Company or to another Subsidiary Guarantor, or owed by the
Company to any Subsidiary Guarantor; provided that any
such Indebtedness shall be held by a Person which is either the
Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor; and provided,
further, that an incurrence of additional Indebtedness
which is not permitted under this clause (iv) shall be
deemed to have occurred upon either (a) the transfer or
other disposition of any such Indebtedness to a Person other
than the Company or another Subsidiary Guarantor or (b) the
sale, lease, transfer or other disposition of shares of Capital
Stock (including by consolidation or merger) of any such
Subsidiary Guarantor to a Person other than the Company or
another Subsidiary Guarantor such that such Subsidiary Guarantor
ceases to be a Subsidiary Guarantor;
(v) Indebtedness of any Subsidiary Guarantor consisting of
guarantees of any Indebtedness of the Company or another
Subsidiary Guarantor which Indebtedness of the Company or
another Subsidiary Guarantor has been incurred in accordance
with the provisions of the Indenture;
(vi) Indebtedness arising with respect to Interest Rate
Agreement Obligations incurred for the purpose of hedging
interest rate risk with respect to any Indebtedness (and not for
speculative purposes) that is permitted by the terms of the
Indenture to be outstanding; provided, however,
that the notional principal amount of such Interest Rate
Agreement Obligation does not exceed the principal amount of the
Indebtedness to which such Interest Rate Agreement Obligation
relates;
(vii) Permitted Purchase Money Indebtedness, Capital Lease
Obligations and mortgage financings so long as the aggregate
amount of all such Permitted Purchase Money Indebtedness,
Capital Lease Obligations and mortgage financings does not
exceed $15.0 million at any one time outstanding;
(viii) Acquisition Debt of an Issuer or a Restricted
Subsidiary if (w) such Acquisition Debt is incurred within
270 days after the date on which the related definitive
acquisition agreement or LMA, as
91
the case may be, was entered into by the Company or such
Restricted Subsidiary, (x) the aggregate principal amount
of such Acquisition Debt is no greater than the aggregate
principal amount of Acquisition Debt set forth in a notice from
the Company to the Trustee (an Incurrence Notice)
within ten days after the date on which the related definitive
acquisition agreement or LMA, as the case may be, was entered
into by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, which notice
shall be executed on the Companys behalf by the chief
financial officer of the Company in such capacity and shall
describe in reasonable detail the acquisition or LMA, as the
case may be, which such Acquisition Debt will be incurred to
finance, (y) after giving pro forma effect to the
acquisition or LMA, as the case may be, described in such
Incurrence Notice, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary
could have incurred such Acquisition Debt under the Indenture as
of the date upon which the Company delivers such Incurrence
Notice to the Trustee and (z) such Acquisition Debt is
utilized solely to finance the acquisition or LMA, as the case
may be, described in such Incurrence Notice (including to repay
or refinance Indebtedness or other obligations incurred in
connection with such acquisition or LMA, as the case may be, and
to pay related fees and expenses);
(ix) Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of Indebtedness
permitted by the first paragraph of this covenant,
clause (iii) above, clause (viii) above, this
clause (ix) or clause (x) below;
(x) Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor
existing on the Issue Date;
(xi) Indebtedness consisting of customary indemnification,
adjustments of purchase price or similar obligations, in each
case, incurred or assumed in connection with the acquisition of
any business or assets;
(xii) Indebtedness incurred by the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary constituting reimbursement obligations
with respect to letters of credit issued in the ordinary course
of business, including without limitation to letters of credit
in respect to workers compensation claims or
self-insurance, or other Indebtedness with respect to
reimbursement type obligations regarding workers
compensation claims; provided, however, that upon the drawing of
such letters of credit or the incurrence of such Indebtedness,
such obligations are reimbursed within 30 days following
such drawing or incurrence;
(xiii) Obligations in respect of performance and surety
bonds and completion guarantees provided by the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;
(xiv) the incurrence by the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness arising from customary
cash management services or the honoring by a bank or other
financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument
inadvertently drawn against insufficient funds, so long as such
Indebtedness is covered within five Business Days;
(xv) unsecured Indebtedness of the Company owing to any
then existing or former director, officer or employee of the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or their
respective assigns, estates, heirs or their current or former
spouses for the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or
retirement for value of any Capital Stock held by them that
would have otherwise been permitted pursuant to
clause (vii) of the second paragraph of the covenant
described above under the caption Limitation on
Restricted Payments;
(xvi) Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary
Guarantor incurred to finance the redemption, repurchase or
other repayment of the Companys Series D perpetual
preferred stock outstanding after giving effect to the
transactions contemplated by the Offering Memorandum, dated
April 21, 2010, relating to the offering of the original
notes (the Offering Memorandum) (including the use
of proceeds of the Notes), in an aggregate principal amount not
to exceed an amount equal to 100% of the fair market value
(measured on the basis of its then-current market price) of
Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock)
issued prior to or concurrently with the incurrence of such
Indebtedness which was issued or the proceeds of which was used
in connection with the redemption, repurchase or other repayment
of Series D perpetual preferred stock outstanding on the
Issue Date after giving effect to the transactions contemplated
by the Offering Memorandum; provided that immediately
after giving pro forma effect to such incurrence and the
application of the proceeds thereof, the Debt to Operating Cash
92
Flow Ratio of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries is not
more than 7.5 to 1.0; provided further that the proceeds
of any such Capital Stock issuance shall not increase the amount
available under clause (iii) under
Limitation on Restricted Payments; and
(xvii) Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries in addition to that described in clauses (i)
through (xvi) above, and any renewals, extensions,
substitutions, refundings, refinancings or replacements of such
Indebtedness, so long as the aggregate principal amount of all
such Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (xvi)
does not exceed $15.0 million at any one time outstanding.
For purposes of determining compliance with this covenant:
(1) In the event that an item of Indebtedness meets the
criteria of more than one of the categories of Indebtedness
permitted pursuant to clauses (i) through
(xvii) above, the Company shall, in its sole discretion, be
permitted to classify such item of Indebtedness in any manner
that complies with this covenant and may from time to time
reclassify such items of Indebtedness in any manner that would
comply with this covenant at the time of such reclassification;
(2) Indebtedness permitted by this covenant need not be
permitted solely by reference to one provision permitting such
Indebtedness but may be permitted in part by one such provision
and in part by one or more other provisions of this covenant
permitting such Indebtedness;
(3) In the event that Indebtedness meets the criteria of
more than one of the types of Indebtedness described in this
covenant, the Company, in its sole discretion, shall classify
such Indebtedness and only be required to include the amount of
such Indebtedness in one of such clauses; and
(4) Accrual of interest (including interest
paid-in-kind)
and the accretion of accreted value will not be deemed to be an
incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of this covenant.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this covenant:
(1) The maximum amount of Indebtedness that the Company or
any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company may incur pursuant to
this covenant shall not be deemed to be exceeded solely as a
result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of
currencies; and
(2) Indebtedness incurred pursuant to the Senior Credit
Facility prior to or on the date of the Indenture shall be
treated as incurred pursuant to clause (i) of the first
paragraph of this covenant.
Limitation on Restricted Payments. The
Indenture provides that the Company will not, and will not
permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or
indirectly, make any Restricted Payment, unless at the time of
and immediately after giving effect to the proposed Restricted
Payment (with the value of any such Restricted Payment, if other
than cash, to be determined by the Board of Directors of the
Company in good faith and which determination shall be
conclusive and evidenced by a board resolution),
(i) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and
be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof,
(ii) the Company could incur at least $1.00 of additional
Indebtedness pursuant to the first paragraph under
Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness, and
(iii) the aggregate amount of all Restricted Payments made
after the Issue Date shall not exceed the sum of (without
duplication):
(a) an amount equal to the Companys Cumulative
Operating Cash Flow less 1.4 times the Companys Cumulative
Consolidated Interest Expense, plus
(b) the aggregate amount of all net cash proceeds received
after the Issue Date by the Company from (x) the issuance
and sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company) of Capital
Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) to the
extent that such proceeds are not used to redeem, repurchase,
retire or otherwise acquire Capital Stock or any Indebtedness of
the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company pursuant to
clause (ii) of the next paragraph or (y) Indebtedness
of the
93
Company issued since the Issue Date (other than to Subsidiaries)
that have been converted into Capital Stock of the Company
(other than Disqualified Stock), plus
(c) to the extent that any Unrestricted Subsidiary is
redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date,
100% of the fair market value of such Subsidiary as of the date
of such redesignation, plus
(d) the aggregate amount returned in cash with respect of
Investments (other than Permitted Investments) made after the
Issue Date whether through interest payments, principal
payments, dividends or other distributions, plus
(e) in the case of the disposition or repayment of any
Investment for cash, which Investment constituted a Restricted
Payment made after the Issue Date, an amount equal to the return
of capital with respect to such Investment, reduced (but not
below zero) by the excess, if any, of the cost of the
disposition of such Investment over the gain, if any, realized
by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary in respect of such
disposition.
The foregoing provisions will not prohibit, so long as there is
no Default or Event of Default continuing, the following actions
(collectively, Permitted Payments):
(i) the payment of any dividend within 60 days after
the date of declaration thereof, if at such declaration date
such payment would have been permitted under the Indenture;
(ii) the redemption, repurchase, retirement, defeasance or
other acquisition of any Capital Stock or any Indebtedness of
the Company in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the sale
(other than to a Subsidiary of the Company), within six months
prior to the consummation of such redemption, repurchase,
retirement, defeasance or other such acquisition of any Capital
Stock or Indebtedness of the Company, of Capital Stock of the
Company (other than any Disqualified Stock);
(iii) the repurchase, redemption or other repayment of any
Subordinated Debt of the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor in
exchange for, by conversion into or solely out of the proceeds
of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary
of the Company) of Subordinated Debt of the Company or such
Subsidiary Guarantor with a Weighted Average Life to Maturity
equal to or greater than the then remaining Weighted Average
Life to Maturity of the Subordinated Debt repurchased, redeemed
or repaid;
(iv) Restricted Investments received as consideration in
connection with an Asset Sale made in compliance with the
Indenture;
(v) the making of a Restricted Investment out of the
proceeds of the sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company)
within one year prior to the making of such Restricted
Investment of Capital Stock of the Company (other than any
Disqualified Stock);
(vi) the payment of any dividend or distribution by a
Subsidiary that is a Qualified Joint Venture to the holders of
its Capital Stock on a pro rata basis;
(vii) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or
retirement for value of any Capital Stock of the Company to
effect the repurchase, redemption, acquisition or retirement of
Capital Stock that is held by any member or former member of the
Companys (or any Subsidiarys) management, or by any
of its respective directors, employees or consultants;
provided that the aggregate price paid for all such
repurchased, redeemed, acquired or retired Capital Stock may not
exceed the sum of $1.0 million in any calendar year (with
unused amounts in any calendar year being available to be so
utilized in succeeding calendar years);
(viii) repurchases of Capital Stock of the Company deemed
to occur upon the exercise of stock options;
(ix) payments or distributions to dissenting stockholders
pursuant to applicable law in connection with a consolidation,
merger, or transfer of assets that complies with the provision
of the Indenture applicable to mergers, consolidations and
transfers of all or substantially all of the property and assets
of the Company;
94
(x) Restricted Payments consisting of the redemption,
repurchase or other repayment of a portion of the Companys
Series D perpetual preferred stock as set forth under
Use of Proceeds in connection with the transactions
contemplated by the Offering Memorandum;
(xi) Restricted Payments using the proceeds of Indebtedness
incurred under clause (xvi) of the second paragraph under
Limitation on Incurrence of
Indebtedness used to fund the redemption, repurchase
or other repayment of the Companys Series D perpetual
preferred stock outstanding on the Issue Date after giving
effect to the transactions contemplated by the Offering
Memorandum; provided that immediately after giving pro
forma effect to such Restricted Payment, the Debt to
Operating Cash Flow Ratio of the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries is not more than 7.5 to 1.0; and
(xii) other Restricted Payments not to exceed
$10.0 million in the aggregate.
In computing the amount of Restricted Payments for purposes of
clause (iii) of the second preceding paragraph, Restricted
Payments made under clauses (i), (v), (vii), (ix) and
(xi) of the preceding paragraph shall be included and
Restricted Payments made under clauses (ii), (iii), (iv), (vi),
(viii), (x) and (xii) of the preceding paragraph shall
not be included.
Limitation on Asset Sales. The Indenture
provides that the Company will not, and will not permit any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any Asset Sale unless
(i) the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case
may be, receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at
least equal to the fair market value (determined by the Board of
Directors of the Company in good faith, which determination
shall be evidenced by a board resolution) of the assets or other
property sold or disposed of in the Asset Sale, (ii) at
least 75% of such consideration is in the form of cash or Cash
Equivalents or assets used or useful in the business of the
Company and (iii) if such Asset Sale involves the
disposition of Collateral, the Company or such Restricted
Subsidiary has complied with the provisions of the Indenture and
the Security Documents; provided that for purposes of
this covenant cash shall include the amount of any
liabilities (other than liabilities that are by their terms
subordinated to the Notes or any Subsidiary Guarantee) of the
Company or such Subsidiary (as shown on the Companys or
such Restricted Subsidiarys most recent balance sheet or
in the notes thereto) that are assumed by the transferee of any
such assets or other property in such Asset Sale (and excluding
any liabilities that are incurred in connection with or in
anticipation of such Asset Sale), but only to the extent that
such assumption is effected on a basis under which there is no
further recourse to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries with
respect to such liabilities.
Notwithstanding clause (ii) above, (a) all or a
portion of the consideration for any such Asset Sale may consist
of all or substantially all of the assets or a majority of the
Voting Stock of an existing television business, franchise or
station (whether existing as a separate entity, subsidiary,
division, unit or otherwise) or any business directly related
thereto and (b) the Company may, and may permit its
Subsidiaries to, issue shares of Capital Stock in a Qualified
Joint Venture to a Qualified Joint Venture Partner without
regard to clause (ii) above; provided that, in the
case of any of (a) or (b) of this sentence after
giving effect to any such Asset Sale and related acquisition of
assets or Voting Stock, (x) no Default or Event of Default
shall have occurred or be continuing; and (y) the Net
Proceeds of any such Asset Sale, if any, are applied in
accordance with this covenant.
Within 360 days after any Asset Sale (or such shorter
period as the Company in its sole election may determine), the
Company may elect to apply or cause to be applied the Net
Proceeds from such Asset Sale to (a) repay First Lien
Obligations, (b) make an investment in, or acquire assets
directly related to, the business of the Company and its
Subsidiaries existing on the Issue Date; provided that if
such Net Cash Proceeds are received in respect of Collateral,
such assets are pledged as Collateral under the Security
Documents
and/or
(c) to make capital expenditures in or that is used or
useful in the business or to make capital expenditures for
maintenance, repair or improvement of existing assets in
accordance with the terms of the Indenture. Any Net Proceeds
from an Asset Sale not applied or invested as provided in the
first sentence of this paragraph within 360 days (or such
shorter period as the Company in its sole election may
determine) of such Asset Sale will be deemed to constitute
Excess Proceeds on the 361st day after such
Asset Sale.
95
As soon as practical, but in no event later than 20 Business
Days after any date (an Asset Sale Offer Trigger
Date) that the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds
$10.0 million, the Company shall commence an offer to
purchase to all Holders of Notes (an Asset Sale
Offer) at a price in cash equal to 100% of the principal
amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of
purchase and (x) in the case of Net Proceeds from
Collateral, to the holders of any other Permitted Additional
Pari Passu Secured Obligations containing provisions similar to
those set forth in the Indenture with respect to asset sales or
(y) in the case of any other Net Proceeds, to all holders
of other Indebtedness ranking pari passu with the Notes
containing provisions similar to those set forth in the
Indenture with respect to asset sales, in each case, equal to
the Excess Proceeds. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes
and other Permitted Additional Pari Passu Secured Obligations
(in the case of Net Proceeds from Collateral) or Notes and other
pari passu debt (in the case of any other Net Proceeds)
tendered into such Offer to Purchase exceeds the amount of
Excess Proceeds, the Trustee will select the Notes and the
Company or its agent shall select the other Permitted Additional
Pari Passu Secured Obligations or other pari passu debt,
as the case may be, to be purchased on a pro rata basis.
Upon completion of each Offer to Purchase, the amount of Excess
Proceeds will be reset at zero. To the extent that any Excess
Proceeds remain after completion of an Asset Sale Offer, the
Company may use the remaining amount for general corporate
purposes and such amount shall no longer constitute Excess
Proceeds.
In connection with an Asset Sale Offer, the Company shall mail
to each holder of Notes at such holders registered address
a notice stating: (i) that an Asset Sale Offer Trigger Date
has occurred and that the Company is offering to purchase the
maximum principal amount of Notes that may be purchased out of
the Excess Proceeds (and identifying other Indebtedness, if any,
that is entitled to participate pro rata in the Offer),
at an offer price in cash equal to 100% of the principal amount
thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of
purchase (the Asset Sale Offer Purchase Date), which
shall be a Business Day, specified in such notice, that is not
earlier than 30 days or later than 60 days from the
date such notice is mailed, (ii) the amount of accrued and
unpaid interest as of the Asset Sale Offer Purchase Date,
(iii) that any Note not tendered will continue to accrue
interest, (iv) that, unless the Company defaults in the
payment of the purchase price for the Notes payable pursuant to
the Asset Sale Offer, any Notes accepted for payment pursuant to
the Asset Sale Offer shall cease to accrue interest after the
Asset Sale Offer Purchase Date, (v) the procedures,
consistent with the Indenture, to be followed by a holder of
Notes in order to accept an Asset Sale Offer or to withdraw such
acceptance, and (vi) such other information as may be
required by the Indenture and applicable laws and regulations.
On the Asset Sale Offer Purchase Date, the Company will
(i) accept for payment the maximum principal amount of
Notes or portions thereof tendered pursuant to the Asset Sale
Offer that can be purchased out of Excess Proceeds from such
Asset Sale, (ii) deposit with the Paying Agent the
aggregate purchase price of all Notes or portions thereof
accepted for payment and any accrued and unpaid interest on such
Notes as of the Asset Sale Offer Purchase Date, and
(iii) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee all
Notes tendered pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer. If less than
all Notes tendered pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer are accepted
for payment by the Company for any reason consistent with the
Indenture, selection of the Notes to be purchased by the Company
shall be in compliance with the requirements of the principal
national securities exchange, if any, on which the Notes are
listed or, if the Notes are not so listed, on a pro rata
basis, by lot or by such method as the Trustee shall deem
fair and appropriate; provided that Notes accepted for
payment in part shall only be purchased in integral multiples of
$1,000. The Paying Agent shall promptly mail to each holder of
Notes or portions thereof accepted for payment an amount equal
to the purchase price for such Notes plus any accrued and unpaid
interest thereon, and the Trustee shall promptly authenticate
and mail to such holder of Notes accepted for payment in part a
new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of
the Notes, and any Note not accepted for payment in whole or in
part shall be promptly returned to the holder of such Note. On
and after an Asset Sale Offer Purchase Date, interest will cease
to accrue on the Notes or portions thereof accepted for payment,
unless the Company defaults in the payment of the purchase price
therefor. The Company will announce the results of the Asset
Sale Offer to holders of the Notes on or as soon as practicable
after the Asset Sale Offer Purchase Date.
The Company will comply with the applicable tender offer rules,
including the requirements of
Rule 14e-1
under the Exchange Act, and all other applicable securities laws
and regulations in connection with any Asset
96
Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any applicable
securities laws or regulations conflict with the Asset Sale
Offer provisions of the Indenture, the Company will comply with
the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be
deemed to have breached their obligations under the Asset Sale
Offer provisions of the Indenture by virtue of such compliance.
The Senior Credit Facility limits the Company from purchasing
any Notes, and also provides that certain asset sale events with
respect to the Company would constitute a default under the
Senior Credit Facility. Any future credit agreements or other
agreements to which the Company becomes a party may contain
similar restrictions and provisions. In the event an Asset Sale
generating Excess Proceeds occurs at a time when the Company is
prohibited from purchasing Notes, the Company could seek the
consent of its senior lenders to the purchase of Notes or could
attempt to refinance the borrowings that contain such
prohibition. If the Company does not obtain such a consent or
repay such borrowings, the Company will remain prohibited from
purchasing Notes. In such case, the Companys failure to
purchase tendered Notes would constitute an Event of Default
under the Indenture which would, in turn, constitute a default
under such other agreements.
Events of Loss. In the event of an Event of
Loss resulting in Net Loss Proceeds in excess of
$5.0 million, the Company or the affected Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company, as the case may be, may (and to the
extent required pursuant to the terms of any lease encumbered by
a mortgage shall) apply the Net Loss Proceeds from such Event of
Loss to (i) repay First Lien Obligations
and/or
(ii) the rebuilding, repair, replacement or construction of
improvements to the property affected by such Event of Loss (the
Subject Property), with no concurrent obligation to
offer to purchase any of the Notes; provided,
however, that the Company delivers to the Trustee within
90 days of such Event of Loss an Officers Certificate
certifying that the Company has applied (or will apply after
receipt of any anticipated insurance or similar proceeds) the
Net Loss Proceeds or other sources in accordance with this
sentence.
Any Net Loss Proceeds that are not reinvested or not permitted
to be reinvested as provided in the first sentence of this
covenant will be deemed Excess Loss Proceeds. When
the aggregate amount of Excess Loss Proceeds exceeds
$10.0 million, the Company will make an offer (an
Event of Loss Offer) to all Holders and to the
holders of any other Permitted Additional Pari Passu Secured
Obligations containing provisions similar to those set forth in
the Indenture with respect to events of loss to purchase or
repurchase the Notes and such other Permitted Additional Pari
Passu Secured Obligations with the proceeds from the Event of
Loss in an amount equal to the maximum principal amount of Notes
and such other Permitted Additional Pari Passu Secured
Obligations that may be purchased out of the Excess Loss
Proceeds. The offer price in any Event of Loss Offer will be
equal to 100% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid
interest if any, to the date of purchase, and will be payable in
cash. If any Excess Loss Proceeds remain after consummation of
an Event of Loss Offer, the Company may use such Excess Loss
Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by the
Indenture and the Security Documents and such remaining amount
shall not be added to any subsequent Excess Loss Proceeds for
any purpose under the Indenture; provided that any
remaining Excess Loss Proceeds shall remain subject to the Lien
of the Security Documents. If the aggregate principal amount of
Notes and other Permitted Additional Pari Passu Secured
Obligations tendered pursuant to an Event of Loss Offer exceeds
the Excess Loss Proceeds, the Trustee will select the Notes and
the Company or its agent shall select such other Permitted
Additional Pari Passu Secured Obligations to be purchased on a
pro rata basis based on the principal amount tendered.
The Company will comply with the requirements of
Rule 14e-1
under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and
regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations
are applicable in connection with the offer to repurchase the
Notes pursuant to an Event of Loss Offer. To the extent that the
provisions of any applicable securities laws or regulations
conflict with the Event of Loss provisions of the Indenture, the
Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and
regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached their
obligations under the Event of Loss provisions of the Indenture
by virtue of such compliance.
Limitation on Liens. The Indenture provides
that the Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted
Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, enter into, create,
incur, assume or suffer to exist any Liens of any kind, on or
with respect to the Collateral except Permitted Collateral
Liens. Subject to the immediately preceding sentence, the
Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary
to, directly or
97
indirectly, enter into, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist
any Liens of any kind, other than Permitted Liens, on or with
respect to any of its property or assets now owned or hereafter
acquired or any interest therein or any income or profits
therefrom other than the Collateral without securing the Notes
and all other amounts due under the Indenture and the Security
Documents (for so long as such Lien exists) equally and ratably
with (or prior to) the obligation or liability secured by such
Lien.
Limitation on Dividends and Other Payment Restrictions
Affecting Subsidiaries. The Indenture provides
that the Company will not, and will not permit any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or
otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any
encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company to (i) pay dividends or make any
other distributions to the Company or any other Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company on its Capital Stock or with respect
to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its
profits, or pay any Indebtedness owed to the Company or any
other Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, (ii) make loans
or advances to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary of
the Company, or (iii) transfer any of its properties or
assets to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company (collectively, Payment Restrictions), except
for such encumbrances or restrictions existing on the Issue Date
or otherwise existing under or by reason of (a) the Senior
Credit Facility as in effect on the Issue Date, and any
amendments, restatements, renewals, replacements or refinancings
thereof; provided that such amendments, restatements,
renewals, replacements or refinancings are no more restrictive
in the aggregate with respect to such dividend and other payment
restrictions than those contained in the Senior Credit Facility
immediately prior to any such amendment, restatement, renewal,
replacement or refinancing, (b) applicable law,
(c) any instrument governing Indebtedness or Capital Stock
of an Acquired Person acquired by the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries as in effect at the time of such
acquisition (except to the extent such Indebtedness was incurred
in connection with such acquisition); provided that such
restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties
or assets of any Person, other than the Acquired Person,
(d) customary non-assignment provisions in leases entered
into in the ordinary course of business, (e) purchase money
Indebtedness for property acquired in the ordinary course of
business that only impose restrictions on the property so
acquired (and proceeds generated therefrom), (f) an
agreement for the sale or disposition of the Capital Stock or
assets of such Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such
restriction is only applicable to such Restricted Subsidiary or
assets, as applicable, and such sale or disposition otherwise is
permitted under the covenant described under
Limitation on Asset Sales; and provided further
that such restriction or encumbrance shall be effective only
for a period from the execution and delivery of such agreement
through a termination date not later than 365 days after
such execution and delivery, and (g) Refinancing
Indebtedness permitted under the Indenture; provided that
the restrictions contained in the agreements governing such
Refinancing Indebtedness are not more restrictive in the
aggregate than those contained in the agreements governing the
Indebtedness being refinanced immediately prior to such
refinancing.
Limitation on Transactions with
Affiliates. The Indenture provides that the
Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, enter into or suffer to
exist any transaction or series of related transactions
(including, without limitation, the sale, purchase, exchange or
lease of assets, property or services) with any Affiliate of the
Company or any beneficial owner of ten percent or more of any
class of Capital Stock of the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary unless:
(i) such transaction or series of transactions is on terms
that are no less favorable to the Company or such Restricted
Subsidiary, as the case may be, than would reasonably be
expected to be available in a comparable transaction in
arms-length dealings with an unrelated third
party, and
(ii) (a) with respect to any transaction or series of
transactions involving aggregate payments in excess of
$5.0 million, the Company delivers an officers certificate
to the Trustee certifying that such transaction or series of
related transactions complies with clause (i) above and
such transaction or series of related transactions has been
approved by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors
of the Company (and approved by a majority of the Independent
Directors or, in the event there is only one Independent
Director, by such Independent Director), and (b) with
respect to any transaction or series of transactions involving
aggregate payments in excess of $10.0 million, the Company
delivers to the Trustee an opinion to the effect that such
transaction or series of transactions is fair to the Company or
such
98
Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view issued by
an investment banking firm of national standing or nationally
recognized accounting firm or appraisal firm.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, this provision will not apply to
(i) employment agreements or compensation or employee
benefit arrangements or indemnification agreements or similar
arrangements with any officer, director or employee of the
Company entered into in the ordinary course of business
(including customary benefits thereunder), (ii) any
transaction entered into by or among the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary and one or more Restricted Subsidiaries,
(iii) transactions pursuant to agreements existing on the
Issue Date and (iv) Restricted Payments and Permitted
Investments.
Limitation on Creation of Unrestricted
Subsidiaries. The Company may designate any
Subsidiary of the Company to be an Unrestricted
Subsidiary as provided below, in which event such
Subsidiary and each other person that is a Subsidiary of such
Subsidiary will be deemed to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
Unrestricted Subsidiary means:
(1) any Subsidiary designated as such by the Board of
Directors of the Company as set forth below; and
(2) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
The Company may designate any Subsidiary to be an Unrestricted
Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary owns any Capital Stock of, or
owns or holds any Lien on any property of, any other Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company; provided that either:
(x) the Subsidiary to be so designated has total assets of
$1,000 or less; or
(y) immediately after giving effect to such designation,
the Company could incur at least $1.00 of additional
Indebtedness (other than Permitted Indebtedness) pursuant to the
first paragraph under the Limitation on
Incurrence of Indebtedness covenant, and provided
further that the Company could make a Restricted Payment or
Permitted Investment in an amount equal to the fair market value
as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of such
Subsidiary pursuant to the Limitation on
Restricted Payments covenant and such amount is
thereafter treated as a Restricted Payment or Permitted
Investment for the purpose of calculating the amount available
in connection with such covenant.
An Unrestricted Subsidiary may be designated as a Restricted
Subsidiary if (i) all the Indebtedness of such Unrestricted
Subsidiary could be Incurred under the
Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness covenant
and (ii) all the Liens on the property and assets of such
Unrestricted Subsidiary could be incurred pursuant to the
Limitation on Liens covenant.
Future Subsidiary Guarantors. The Indenture
provides that the Company shall cause each Restricted Subsidiary
of the Company (other than any Foreign Subsidiary) formed or
acquired after the Issue Date that (i) has assets in excess
of $1.0 million or (ii) directly or indirectly
assumes, becomes a borrower under, guarantees or in any other
manner become liable with respect to any Indebtedness of the
Company under the Senior Credit Facility to issue a Subsidiary
Guarantee and execute and deliver an indenture supplemental to
the Indenture as a Subsidiary Guarantor. The Obligations under
the Notes, the Note Guarantees and the Indenture and any
Permitted Additional Pari Passu Secured Obligations of any
Person that is or becomes a Subsidiary Guarantor after the Issue
Date will be secured equally and ratably by a Second Priority
Lien in the Collateral granted to the Collateral Agent for the
benefit of the Holders of the Notes and the holders of Permitted
Additional Pari Passu Secured Obligations. Such Subsidiary
Guarantor will enter into a joinder agreement to the applicable
Security Documents defining the terms of the security interests
that secure payment and performance when due of the Notes and
take all actions advisable in the opinion of the Company, as set
forth in an Officers Certificate accompanied by an opinion
of counsel to the Company to cause the Second Priority Liens
created by the Collateral Agreement to be duly perfected to the
extent required by such agreement in accordance with all
applicable law, including the filing of financing statements in
the jurisdictions of incorporation or formation of the Company
and the Subsidiary Guarantors.
99
Provision of Financial Statements. The
Indenture provides that, whether or not the Company is then
subject to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the
Company will file with the SEC, so long as the Notes are
outstanding, the annual reports, quarterly reports and other
periodic reports which the Company would have been required to
file with the SEC pursuant to such Section 13(a) or 15(d)
if the Company were so subject, and such documents shall be
filed with the SEC on or prior to the respective dates (the
Required Filing Dates) by which the Company would
have been required so to file such documents if the Company were
so subject. The Company will also in the event the filing such
documents by the Company with the SEC is prohibited under the
Exchange Act, (i) within 15 days of each Required
Filing Date, (a) transmit by mail to all holders of Notes,
as their names and addresses appear in the Note register,
without cost to such holders and (b) file with the Trustee
copies of the annual reports, quarterly reports and other
periodic reports which the Company would have been required to
file with the SEC pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the
Exchange Act if the Company were subject to such Sections and
(ii) promptly upon written request and payment of the
reasonable cost of duplication and delivery, supply copies of
such documents to any prospective holder at the Companys
cost.
Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Company
will not be deemed to have failed to comply with any of its
agreements under this covenant for purposes of clause (iii)
under Events of Default until
90 days after the date any report hereunder is required to
be filed with the SEC (or posted in the Companys website)
pursuant to this covenant.
Additional Covenants. The Indenture also
contains covenants with respect to the following matters:
(i) payment of principal, premium and interest;
(ii) maintenance of an office or agency in the City of New
York; (iii) maintenance of corporate existence;
(iv) payment of taxes and other claims;
(v) maintenance of properties; and (vi) maintenance of
insurance.
Merger,
Consolidation and Sale of Assets
The Indenture provides that the Company shall not consolidate or
merge with or into (whether or not the Company is the Surviving
Person), or, directly or indirectly through one or more
Restricted Subsidiaries, sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey
or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its
properties or assets in one or more related transactions, to
another Person or Persons unless (i) the Surviving Person
is a corporation or limited liability company or limited
partnership organized or existing under the laws of the United
States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;
provided that at any time the Company or its successor is
not a corporation, there shall be a co-issuer of the Notes that
is a corporation; (ii) the Surviving Person (if other than
the Company) assumes all the obligations of the Company under
the Notes and the Indenture pursuant to a supplemental indenture
in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;
(iii) immediately after such transaction, no Default or
Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;
(iv) the Surviving Person causes such amendments,
supplements or other instruments to be executed, delivered,
filed and recorded, as applicable, in such jurisdictions as may
be required by applicable law to preserve and protect the Lien
of the Security Documents on the Collateral owned by or
transferred to the Surviving Person; (v) the Collateral
owned by or transferred to the Surviving Person shall
(a) continue to constitute Collateral under the Indenture
and the Security Documents, (b) be subject to the Lien in
favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Trustee and
the Holders of the Notes, and (c) not be subject to any
Lien other than Permitted Collateral Liens; (vi) the
property and assets of the Person which is merged or
consolidated with or into the Surviving Person, to the extent
that they are property or assets of the types which would
constitute Collateral under the Security Documents, shall be
treated as after-acquired property and the Surviving Person
shall take such action as may be reasonably necessary to cause
such property and assets to be made subject to the Lien of the
Security Documents in the manner and to the extent required in
the Indenture; and (vii) at the time of such transaction
and after giving pro forma effect thereto (other than a
merger with a wholly-owned Subsidiary or for purposes of
reincorporating into another state), the Surviving Person would
(a) be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional
Indebtedness pursuant to the first paragraph of the covenant
described under Certain Covenants
Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness or
(b) have a lower Debt to Operating Cash Flow Ratio
immediately after the transaction than the Companys Debt
to Operating Cash Flow Ratio immediately prior to the
transaction.
100
In the event of any transaction (other than a lease of all or
substantially all assets) described in the immediately preceding
paragraph in which the Company is not the Surviving Person and
the Surviving Person is to assume all the obligations of the
Company under the Notes and the Indenture pursuant to a
supplemental indenture, such Surviving Person shall succeed to,
and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power
of, the Company, and the Company would be discharged from its
obligations under the Indenture and the Notes; provided
that solely for the purpose of calculating amounts described
in clause (iii) under Certain
Covenants Limitation on Restricted
Payments, any such Surviving Person shall only be
deemed to have succeeded to and be substituted for the Company
with respect to the period subsequent to the effective time of
such transaction (and the Company (before giving effect to such
transaction) shall be deemed to be the Company for
such purposes for all prior periods).
Events of
Default
The Indenture provides that each of the following constitutes an
Event of Default:
(i) a default for 30 days in the payment when due of
interest on any Note;
(ii) a default in the payment when due of principal on any
Note, whether upon maturity, acceleration, optional or mandatory
redemption, required repurchase or otherwise;
(iii) failure to perform or comply with any covenant,
agreement or warranty in the Indenture (other than the defaults
specified in clauses (i) and (ii) above) which failure
continues for 60 days after written notice thereof has been
given to the Company by the Trustee or to the Company and the
Trustee by the holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal
amount of the then outstanding Notes;
(iv) the occurrence of one or more defaults under any
agreements, indentures or instruments under which the Company or
any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company then has outstanding
Indebtedness in excess of $10.0 million in the aggregate
and, if not already matured at its final maturity in accordance
with its terms, such Indebtedness shall have been accelerated;
(v) except as permitted by the Indenture, any Subsidiary
Guarantee shall for any reason cease to be, or be asserted in
writing by any Subsidiary Guarantor or the Company not to be, in
full force and effect and enforceable in accordance with its
terms;
(vi) one or more judgments, orders or decrees for the
payment of money in excess of $10.0 million, either
individually or in the aggregate shall be entered against the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or any of
their respective properties and which judgments, orders or
decrees are not paid, discharged, bonded or stayed for a period
of 60 days after their entry;
(vii) any holder or holders of at least $10.0 million
in aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness of the Company or
any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company after a default under
such Indebtedness (a) shal